1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 #define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 /* for builtin function complete() */ 38 39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 40 #define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL) 41 42 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 43 { 44 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 45 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 46 NULL, 47 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 48 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 50 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 51 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 52 NULL, 53 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 54 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 56 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 58 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 59 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 60 NULL, /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */ 61 }; 62 63 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 64 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 65 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); 66 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); 67 #endif 68 69 /* 70 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 71 */ 72 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 73 struct compl_S 74 { 75 compl_T *cp_next; 76 compl_T *cp_prev; 77 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 78 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 79 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 80 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 81 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 82 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 83 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 84 }; 85 86 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 87 #define FREE_FNAME (2) 88 89 /* 90 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 91 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 92 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 93 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 94 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 95 */ 96 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 97 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 98 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 99 static compl_T *compl_old_match = NULL; 100 101 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 102 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 103 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 104 105 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 106 * are used. */ 107 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 108 109 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 110 in compl_leader */ 111 112 static int compl_no_insert = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 113 TRUE: noinsert */ 114 static int compl_no_select = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 115 TRUE: noselect */ 116 117 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 118 FALSE the match was edited or using 119 the longest common string. */ 120 121 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 122 completions. */ 123 124 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 125 126 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 127 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 128 static int compl_started = FALSE; 129 130 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 131 * which is not allowed. */ 132 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 133 134 static int compl_matches = 0; 135 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 136 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 137 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 138 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 139 static pos_T compl_startpos; 140 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 141 * that is being completed */ 142 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 143 * completion started */ 144 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 145 static expand_T compl_xp; 146 147 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 148 149 static void ins_ctrl_x(void); 150 static int has_compl_option(int dict_opt); 151 static int ins_compl_accept_char(int c); 152 static int ins_compl_add(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup); 153 static int ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len); 154 static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match); 155 static void ins_compl_add_matches(int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase); 156 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic(void); 157 static void ins_compl_upd_pum(void); 158 static void ins_compl_del_pum(void); 159 static int pum_wanted(void); 160 static int pum_enough_matches(void); 161 static void ins_compl_dictionaries(char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus); 162 static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir); 163 static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr); 164 static void ins_compl_free(void); 165 static void ins_compl_clear(void); 166 static int ins_compl_bs(void); 167 static int ins_compl_need_restart(void); 168 static void ins_compl_new_leader(void); 169 static void ins_compl_addleader(int c); 170 static int ins_compl_len(void); 171 static void ins_compl_restart(void); 172 static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str); 173 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void); 174 static int ins_compl_prep(int c); 175 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg); 176 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag); 177 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 178 static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list); 179 static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict); 180 #endif 181 static int ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini); 182 static void ins_compl_delete(void); 183 static void ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func); 184 static int ins_compl_next(int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match, int in_compl_func); 185 static int ins_compl_key2dir(int c); 186 static int ins_compl_pum_key(int c); 187 static int ins_compl_key2count(int c); 188 static int ins_compl_use_match(int c); 189 static int ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum); 190 static void show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol); 191 static unsigned quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len); 192 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 193 194 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 195 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 196 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 197 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 198 199 static void ins_redraw(int ready); 200 static void ins_ctrl_v(void); 201 static void undisplay_dollar(void); 202 static void insert_special(int, int, int); 203 static void internal_format(int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c); 204 static void check_auto_format(int); 205 static void redo_literal(int c); 206 static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos); 207 static void start_arrow_with_change(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 208 static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 209 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 210 static void check_spell_redraw(void); 211 static void spell_back_to_badword(void); 212 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 213 #endif 214 static void stop_insert(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove); 215 static int echeck_abbr(int); 216 static int replace_pop(void); 217 static void replace_join(int off); 218 static void replace_pop_ins(void); 219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 220 static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc); 221 #endif 222 static void replace_flush(void); 223 static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col); 224 static int del_char_after_col(int limit_col); 225 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 226 static int cindent_on(void); 227 #endif 228 static void ins_reg(void); 229 static void ins_ctrl_g(void); 230 static void ins_ctrl_hat(void); 231 static int ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove); 232 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 233 static void ins_ctrl_(void); 234 #endif 235 static int ins_start_select(int c); 236 static void ins_insert(int replaceState); 237 static void ins_ctrl_o(void); 238 static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc); 239 static void ins_del(void); 240 static int ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p); 241 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 242 static void ins_mouse(int c); 243 static void ins_mousescroll(int dir); 244 #endif 245 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 246 static void ins_tabline(int c); 247 #endif 248 static void ins_left(int end_change); 249 static void ins_home(int c); 250 static void ins_end(int c); 251 static void ins_s_left(void); 252 static void ins_right(int end_change); 253 static void ins_s_right(void); 254 static void ins_up(int startcol); 255 static void ins_pageup(void); 256 static void ins_down(int startcol); 257 static void ins_pagedown(void); 258 #ifdef FEAT_DND 259 static void ins_drop(void); 260 #endif 261 static int ins_tab(void); 262 static int ins_eol(int c); 263 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 264 static int ins_digraph(void); 265 #endif 266 static int ins_ctrl_ey(int tc); 267 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 268 static void ins_try_si(int c); 269 #endif 270 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void); 271 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 272 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c); 273 #endif 274 275 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 276 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 277 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 278 279 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 280 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 281 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 282 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 283 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 284 285 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 286 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 287 #endif 288 289 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 290 291 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 292 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 293 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 294 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 295 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 296 #endif 297 298 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 299 char. Set when edit() is called. 300 after that arrow_used is used. */ 301 302 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 303 under the cursor */ 304 static int dont_sync_undo = FALSE; /* CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo for 305 the next left/right cursor */ 306 307 /* 308 * edit(): Start inserting text. 309 * 310 * "cmdchar" can be: 311 * 'i' normal insert command 312 * 'a' normal append command 313 * K_PS bracketed paste 314 * 'R' replace command 315 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 316 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 317 * 'g' "gI" command. 318 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 319 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 320 * 321 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 322 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 323 * 324 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 325 */ 326 int 327 edit( 328 int cmdchar, 329 int startln, /* if set, insert at start of line */ 330 long count) 331 { 332 int c = 0; 333 char_u *ptr; 334 int lastc = 0; 335 int mincol; 336 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 337 int i; 338 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 339 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 340 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 341 #endif 342 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 343 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 344 int old_topfill = -1; 345 #endif 346 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 347 int replaceState = REPLACE; 348 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 349 350 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 351 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 352 353 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 354 * error message */ 355 check_for_delay(TRUE); 356 357 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 358 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; 359 360 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 361 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 362 if (sandbox != 0) 363 { 364 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 365 return FALSE; 366 } 367 #endif 368 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 369 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 370 if (textlock != 0) 371 { 372 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 373 return FALSE; 374 } 375 376 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 377 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 378 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 379 { 380 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 381 return FALSE; 382 } 383 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 384 #endif 385 386 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 387 /* 388 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 389 */ 390 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 391 { 392 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 393 394 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 395 if (cmdchar == 'R') 396 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 397 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 398 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 399 else 400 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 401 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 402 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 403 # endif 404 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 405 406 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in 407 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet 408 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with 409 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the 410 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). 411 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ 412 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) 413 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 414 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL 415 # endif 416 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 417 { 418 int save_state = State; 419 420 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; 421 State = INSERT; 422 check_cursor_col(); 423 State = save_state; 424 } 425 } 426 #endif 427 428 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 429 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 430 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 431 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 432 #endif 433 434 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 435 /* 436 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 437 * where the paste started. 438 */ 439 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 440 Insstart = where_paste_started; 441 else 442 #endif 443 { 444 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 445 if (startln) 446 Insstart.col = 0; 447 } 448 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 449 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 450 if (!did_ai) 451 ai_col = 0; 452 453 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 454 { 455 ResetRedobuff(); 456 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 457 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 458 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 459 { 460 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 461 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 462 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 463 } 464 else 465 #endif 466 { 467 if (cmdchar == K_PS) 468 AppendCharToRedobuff('a'); 469 else 470 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 471 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 472 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 473 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 474 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 475 } 476 } 477 478 if (cmdchar == 'R') 479 { 480 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 481 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 482 { 483 beep_flush(); 484 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 485 State = INSERT; 486 } 487 else 488 #endif 489 State = REPLACE; 490 } 491 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 492 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 493 { 494 State = VREPLACE; 495 replaceState = VREPLACE; 496 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 497 vr_lines_changed = 1; 498 } 499 #endif 500 else 501 State = INSERT; 502 503 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 504 505 /* 506 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 507 * on a TAB or special character. 508 */ 509 curs_columns(TRUE); 510 511 /* 512 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 513 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 514 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 515 * when hitting <Esc>. 516 */ 517 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 518 State |= LANGMAP; 519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 520 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 521 #endif 522 523 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 524 setmouse(); 525 #endif 526 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 527 clear_showcmd(); 528 #endif 529 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 530 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 531 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 532 if (revins_on) 533 undisplay_dollar(); 534 revins_chars = 0; 535 revins_legal = 0; 536 revins_scol = -1; 537 #endif 538 if (!p_ek) 539 /* Disable bracketed paste mode, we won't recognize the escape 540 * sequences. */ 541 out_str(T_BD); 542 543 /* 544 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 545 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): In that case we get 546 * here with something in the stuff buffer. 547 */ 548 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 549 { 550 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 551 /* 552 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 553 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 554 */ 555 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 556 arrow_used = FALSE; 557 else 558 #endif 559 arrow_used = TRUE; 560 restart_edit = 0; 561 562 /* 563 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 564 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 565 * correct in very rare cases). 566 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 567 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 568 */ 569 validate_virtcol(); 570 update_curswant(); 571 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 572 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 573 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 574 { 575 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 576 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 577 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 578 else if (has_mbyte) 579 { 580 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 581 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 582 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 583 } 584 #endif 585 } 586 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 587 } 588 else 589 arrow_used = FALSE; 590 591 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 592 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 593 594 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 595 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 596 597 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 598 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 599 #endif 600 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 601 can_cindent = TRUE; 602 #endif 603 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 604 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 605 * restarting. */ 606 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 607 foldOpenCursor(); 608 #endif 609 610 /* 611 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 612 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 613 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 614 */ 615 i = 0; 616 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 617 i = showmode(); 618 619 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 620 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 621 622 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 623 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 624 #endif 625 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 626 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 627 #endif 628 629 /* 630 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 631 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 632 */ 633 ptr = get_inserted(); 634 if (ptr == NULL) 635 new_insert_skip = 0; 636 else 637 { 638 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 639 vim_free(ptr); 640 } 641 642 old_indent = 0; 643 644 /* 645 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 646 */ 647 for (;;) 648 { 649 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 650 if (!revins_legal) 651 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 652 else 653 revins_legal = 0; 654 #endif 655 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 656 count = 0; 657 658 if (update_Insstart_orig) 659 Insstart_orig = Insstart; 660 661 if (stop_insert_mode 662 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 663 && !pum_visible() 664 #endif 665 ) 666 { 667 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 668 count = 0; 669 goto doESCkey; 670 } 671 672 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 673 if (!arrow_used) 674 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 675 676 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 677 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 678 if (stuff_empty()) 679 { 680 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 681 if (need_check_timestamps) 682 check_timestamps(FALSE); 683 } 684 685 /* 686 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 687 */ 688 msg_scroll = FALSE; 689 690 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 691 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 692 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 693 * autocommand. */ 694 if (need_mouse_correct) 695 gui_mouse_correct(); 696 #endif 697 698 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 699 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 700 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 701 foldOpenCursor(); 702 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 703 if (!char_avail()) 704 foldCheckClose(); 705 #endif 706 707 /* 708 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 709 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 710 * redraw. 711 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 712 * something. 713 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 714 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 715 */ 716 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 717 && curwin->w_p_wrap 718 && !did_backspace 719 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 720 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 721 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 722 #endif 723 ) 724 { 725 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 726 validate_cursor_col(); 727 728 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 729 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 730 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 731 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 732 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 733 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 734 #endif 735 )) 736 { 737 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 738 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 739 --curwin->w_topfill; 740 else 741 #endif 742 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 743 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 744 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 745 else 746 #endif 747 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 748 } 749 } 750 751 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 752 update_topline(); 753 754 did_backspace = FALSE; 755 756 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 757 758 /* 759 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 760 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 761 */ 762 ins_redraw(TRUE); 763 764 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 765 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 766 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 767 #endif 768 769 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 770 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 771 do_check_cursorbind(); 772 #endif 773 update_curswant(); 774 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 775 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 776 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 777 #endif 778 779 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 780 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 781 #endif 782 783 /* 784 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE and K_NOP. 785 */ 786 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 787 lastc = c; /* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */ 788 789 /* After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo. */ 790 if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE) 791 dont_sync_undo = TRUE; 792 else 793 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 794 if (cmdchar == K_PS) 795 /* Got here from normal mode when bracketed paste started. */ 796 c = K_PS; 797 else 798 do 799 { 800 c = safe_vgetc(); 801 } while (c == K_IGNORE || c == K_NOP); 802 803 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 804 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 805 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 806 #endif 807 808 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 809 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 810 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 811 #endif 812 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 813 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 814 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 815 #endif 816 817 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 818 /* 819 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 820 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 821 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 822 */ 823 if (compl_started 824 && pum_wanted() 825 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 826 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 827 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 828 { 829 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 830 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 831 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 832 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 833 continue; 834 835 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 836 if (!compl_used_match) 837 { 838 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 839 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 840 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 841 if (c == Ctrl_L 842 && (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 843 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 844 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 845 { 846 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 847 continue; 848 } 849 850 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 851 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 852 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 853 { 854 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 855 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 856 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 857 char_u *p; 858 859 if (str != NULL) 860 { 861 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 862 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); 863 vim_free(str); 864 } 865 else 866 #endif 867 ins_compl_addleader(c); 868 continue; 869 } 870 871 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 872 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 873 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 874 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 875 && stop_arrow() == OK) 876 { 877 ins_compl_delete(); 878 ins_compl_insert(FALSE); 879 } 880 } 881 } 882 883 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 884 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 885 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 886 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 887 continue; 888 #endif 889 890 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 891 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 892 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 893 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 894 { 895 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 896 ins_redraw(FALSE); 897 ++no_mapping; 898 ++allow_keys; 899 c = plain_vgetc(); 900 --no_mapping; 901 --allow_keys; 902 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 903 { 904 /* it's something else */ 905 vungetc(c); 906 c = Ctrl_BSL; 907 } 908 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 909 continue; 910 else 911 { 912 if (c == Ctrl_O) 913 { 914 ins_ctrl_o(); 915 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 916 nomove = TRUE; 917 } 918 count = 0; 919 goto doESCkey; 920 } 921 } 922 923 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 924 c = do_digraph(c); 925 #endif 926 927 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 928 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 929 goto docomplete; 930 #endif 931 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 932 { 933 ins_ctrl_v(); 934 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 935 continue; 936 } 937 938 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 939 if (cindent_on() 940 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 941 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 942 # endif 943 ) 944 { 945 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 946 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 947 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 948 * done before inserting the key. */ 949 line_is_white = inindent(0); 950 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 951 goto force_cindent; 952 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 953 && stop_arrow() == OK) 954 do_c_expr_indent(); 955 } 956 #endif 957 958 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 959 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 960 switch (c) 961 { 962 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 963 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 964 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 965 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 966 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 967 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 968 } 969 #endif 970 971 /* 972 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 973 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 974 * characters. 975 */ 976 if (ins_start_select(c)) 977 continue; 978 979 /* 980 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 981 */ 982 switch (c) 983 { 984 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 985 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 986 break; 987 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 988 989 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 990 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 991 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 992 { 993 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 994 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 995 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 996 nomove = TRUE; 997 goto doESCkey; 998 } 999 #endif 1000 1001 #ifdef UNIX 1002 do_intr: 1003 #endif 1004 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 1005 * Insert mode */ 1006 if (goto_im()) 1007 { 1008 if (got_int) 1009 { 1010 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 1011 got_int = FALSE; 1012 } 1013 else 1014 vim_beep(BO_IM); 1015 break; 1016 } 1017 doESCkey: 1018 /* 1019 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 1020 */ 1021 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 1022 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 1023 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 1024 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1025 1026 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 1027 { 1028 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1029 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 1030 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 1031 FALSE, curbuf); 1032 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1033 #endif 1034 return (c == Ctrl_O); 1035 } 1036 continue; 1037 1038 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 1039 if (!p_im) 1040 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 1041 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"stop"); 1042 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 1043 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may need to update cursor shape */ 1044 #endif 1045 continue; 1046 1047 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 1048 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1049 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 1050 goto docomplete; 1051 #endif 1052 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 1053 break; 1054 ins_ctrl_o(); 1055 1056 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 1057 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 1058 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 1059 { 1060 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 1061 nomove = TRUE; 1062 } 1063 #endif 1064 count = 0; 1065 goto doESCkey; 1066 1067 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 1068 case K_KINS: 1069 ins_insert(replaceState); 1070 break; 1071 1072 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 1073 break; 1074 1075 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 1076 case K_F1: 1077 case K_XF1: 1078 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 1079 if (p_im) 1080 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 1081 goto doESCkey; 1082 1083 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1084 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1085 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1086 i = plain_vgetc(); 1087 --no_mapping; 1088 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1089 break; 1090 #endif 1091 1092 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1093 case NUL: 1094 case Ctrl_A: 1095 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1096 * error. */ 1097 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1098 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1099 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1100 inserted_space = FALSE; 1101 break; 1102 1103 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1104 ins_reg(); 1105 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1106 inserted_space = FALSE; 1107 break; 1108 1109 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1110 ins_ctrl_g(); 1111 break; 1112 1113 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1114 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1115 break; 1116 1117 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1118 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1119 if (!p_ari) 1120 goto normalchar; 1121 ins_ctrl_(); 1122 break; 1123 #endif 1124 1125 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1126 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1127 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1128 goto docomplete; 1129 #endif 1130 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1131 1132 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1133 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1134 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1135 { 1136 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1137 goto docomplete; 1138 break; 1139 } 1140 # endif 1141 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1142 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1143 inserted_space = FALSE; 1144 break; 1145 1146 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1147 case K_KDEL: 1148 ins_del(); 1149 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1150 break; 1151 1152 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1153 case Ctrl_H: 1154 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1155 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1156 break; 1157 1158 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1159 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1160 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1161 break; 1162 1163 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1164 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1165 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1166 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1167 goto docomplete; 1168 # endif 1169 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1170 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1171 inserted_space = FALSE; 1172 break; 1173 1174 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1175 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1176 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1177 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1178 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1179 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1180 case K_MOUSEMOVE: 1181 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1182 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1183 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1184 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1185 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1186 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1187 case K_X1MOUSE: 1188 case K_X1DRAG: 1189 case K_X1RELEASE: 1190 case K_X2MOUSE: 1191 case K_X2DRAG: 1192 case K_X2RELEASE: 1193 ins_mouse(c); 1194 break; 1195 1196 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1197 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1198 break; 1199 1200 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1201 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1202 break; 1203 1204 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1205 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1206 break; 1207 1208 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1209 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1210 break; 1211 #endif 1212 case K_PS: 1213 bracketed_paste(PASTE_INSERT, FALSE, NULL); 1214 if (cmdchar == K_PS) 1215 /* invoked from normal mode, bail out */ 1216 goto doESCkey; 1217 break; 1218 case K_PE: 1219 /* Got K_PE without K_PS, ignore. */ 1220 break; 1221 1222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1223 case K_TABLINE: 1224 case K_TABMENU: 1225 ins_tabline(c); 1226 break; 1227 #endif 1228 1229 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1230 break; 1231 1232 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1233 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1234 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1235 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1236 break; 1237 #endif 1238 1239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1240 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1241 * cancelled. */ 1242 case K_F4: 1243 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1244 goto normalchar; 1245 break; 1246 #endif 1247 1248 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1249 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1250 ins_scroll(); 1251 break; 1252 1253 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1254 ins_horscroll(); 1255 break; 1256 #endif 1257 1258 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1259 case K_KHOME: 1260 case K_S_HOME: 1261 case K_C_HOME: 1262 ins_home(c); 1263 break; 1264 1265 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1266 case K_KEND: 1267 case K_S_END: 1268 case K_C_END: 1269 ins_end(c); 1270 break; 1271 1272 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1273 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1274 ins_s_left(); 1275 else 1276 ins_left(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1277 break; 1278 1279 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1280 case K_C_LEFT: 1281 ins_s_left(); 1282 break; 1283 1284 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1285 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1286 ins_s_right(); 1287 else 1288 ins_right(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1289 break; 1290 1291 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1292 case K_C_RIGHT: 1293 ins_s_right(); 1294 break; 1295 1296 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1297 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1298 if (pum_visible()) 1299 goto docomplete; 1300 #endif 1301 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1302 ins_pageup(); 1303 else 1304 ins_up(FALSE); 1305 break; 1306 1307 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1308 case K_PAGEUP: 1309 case K_KPAGEUP: 1310 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1311 if (pum_visible()) 1312 goto docomplete; 1313 #endif 1314 ins_pageup(); 1315 break; 1316 1317 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1318 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1319 if (pum_visible()) 1320 goto docomplete; 1321 #endif 1322 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1323 ins_pagedown(); 1324 else 1325 ins_down(FALSE); 1326 break; 1327 1328 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1329 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1330 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1331 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1332 if (pum_visible()) 1333 goto docomplete; 1334 #endif 1335 ins_pagedown(); 1336 break; 1337 1338 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1339 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1340 ins_drop(); 1341 break; 1342 #endif 1343 1344 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1345 c = TAB; 1346 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1347 1348 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1349 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1350 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1351 goto docomplete; 1352 #endif 1353 inserted_space = FALSE; 1354 if (ins_tab()) 1355 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1356 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1357 break; 1358 1359 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1360 c = CAR; 1361 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1362 case CAR: 1363 case NL: 1364 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1365 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1366 * cursor. */ 1367 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1368 { 1369 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1370 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1371 else /* location list window */ 1372 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1373 break; 1374 } 1375 #endif 1376 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1377 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1378 { 1379 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1380 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1381 goto doESCkey; 1382 } 1383 #endif 1384 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1385 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1386 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1387 inserted_space = FALSE; 1388 break; 1389 1390 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1391 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1392 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1393 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1394 { 1395 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1396 goto docomplete; 1397 break; 1398 } 1399 # endif 1400 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1401 c = ins_digraph(); 1402 if (c == NUL) 1403 break; 1404 # endif 1405 goto normalchar; 1406 #endif 1407 1408 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1409 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1410 ins_ctrl_x(); 1411 break; 1412 1413 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1414 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1415 goto normalchar; 1416 goto docomplete; 1417 1418 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1419 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1420 goto normalchar; 1421 goto docomplete; 1422 1423 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1424 case Ctrl_S: 1425 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1426 goto normalchar; 1427 goto docomplete; 1428 #endif 1429 1430 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1431 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1432 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1433 #endif 1434 { 1435 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1436 if (p_im) 1437 { 1438 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1439 break; 1440 goto doESCkey; 1441 } 1442 goto normalchar; 1443 } 1444 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1445 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1446 1447 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1448 case Ctrl_N: 1449 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1450 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1451 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1452 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1453 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1454 goto normalchar; 1455 1456 docomplete: 1457 compl_busy = TRUE; 1458 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1459 disable_fold_update++; /* don't redraw folds here */ 1460 #endif 1461 if (ins_complete(c, TRUE) == FAIL) 1462 compl_cont_status = 0; 1463 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1464 disable_fold_update--; 1465 #endif 1466 compl_busy = FALSE; 1467 break; 1468 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1469 1470 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1471 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1472 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1473 break; 1474 1475 default: 1476 #ifdef UNIX 1477 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1478 goto do_intr; 1479 #endif 1480 1481 normalchar: 1482 /* 1483 * Insert a normal character. 1484 */ 1485 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1486 if (!p_paste) 1487 { 1488 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 1489 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 1490 char_u *p; 1491 1492 if (str != NULL) 1493 { 1494 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) 1495 { 1496 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ 1497 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 1498 { 1499 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 1500 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) 1501 ins_eol(c); 1502 else 1503 ins_char(c); 1504 } 1505 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); 1506 } 1507 vim_free(str); 1508 c = NUL; 1509 } 1510 1511 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string 1512 * then don't insert any character. */ 1513 if (c == NUL) 1514 break; 1515 } 1516 #endif 1517 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1518 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1519 ins_try_si(c); 1520 #endif 1521 1522 if (c == ' ') 1523 { 1524 inserted_space = TRUE; 1525 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1526 if (inindent(0)) 1527 can_cindent = FALSE; 1528 #endif 1529 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1530 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1531 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1532 } 1533 1534 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a 1535 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without 1536 * inserting it. */ 1537 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( 1538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1539 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1540 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1541 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1542 #endif 1543 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) 1544 { 1545 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1546 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1547 revins_legal++; 1548 revins_chars++; 1549 #endif 1550 } 1551 1552 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1553 1554 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1555 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1556 * closed fold. */ 1557 foldOpenCursor(); 1558 #endif 1559 break; 1560 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1561 1562 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1563 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1564 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD 1565 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1566 /* but not in CTRL-X mode, a script can't restore the state */ 1567 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1568 # endif 1569 ) 1570 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1571 #endif 1572 1573 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1574 if (arrow_used) 1575 inserted_space = FALSE; 1576 1577 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1578 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1579 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1580 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1581 # endif 1582 ) 1583 { 1584 force_cindent: 1585 /* 1586 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1587 */ 1588 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1589 { 1590 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1591 /* re-indent the current line */ 1592 do_c_expr_indent(); 1593 } 1594 } 1595 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1596 1597 } /* for (;;) */ 1598 /* NOTREACHED */ 1599 } 1600 1601 /* 1602 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1603 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1604 * option work correctly. 1605 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1606 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1607 */ 1608 static void 1609 ins_redraw( 1610 int ready UNUSED) /* not busy with something */ 1611 { 1612 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1613 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1614 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1615 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1616 #endif 1617 1618 if (char_avail()) 1619 return; 1620 1621 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1622 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1623 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1624 if (ready && ( 1625 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1626 has_cursormovedI() 1627 # endif 1628 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1629 || 1630 # endif 1631 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1632 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1633 # endif 1634 ) 1635 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1636 && !EQUAL_POS(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1637 # endif 1638 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1639 && !pum_visible() 1640 # endif 1641 ) 1642 { 1643 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1644 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1645 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1646 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1647 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1648 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1649 update_screen(0); 1650 # endif 1651 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1652 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1653 { 1654 /* Make sure curswant is correct, an autocommand may call 1655 * getcurpos(). */ 1656 update_curswant(); 1657 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1658 } 1659 # endif 1660 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1661 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1662 { 1663 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1664 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1665 # endif 1666 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1667 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1668 } 1669 # endif 1670 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1671 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1672 # endif 1673 } 1674 #endif 1675 1676 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1677 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ 1678 if (ready && has_textchangedI() 1679 && last_changedtick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf) 1680 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1681 && !pum_visible() 1682 # endif 1683 ) 1684 { 1685 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) 1686 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1687 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; 1688 last_changedtick = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf); 1689 } 1690 #endif 1691 1692 if (must_redraw) 1693 update_screen(0); 1694 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1695 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1696 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1697 if ((conceal_update_lines 1698 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1699 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1700 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1701 { 1702 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1703 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1704 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1705 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1706 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1707 } 1708 # endif 1709 showruler(FALSE); 1710 setcursor(); 1711 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1712 } 1713 1714 /* 1715 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1716 */ 1717 static void 1718 ins_ctrl_v(void) 1719 { 1720 int c; 1721 int did_putchar = FALSE; 1722 1723 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1724 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1725 1726 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1727 { 1728 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1729 did_putchar = TRUE; 1730 } 1731 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1732 1733 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1734 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1735 #endif 1736 1737 c = get_literal(); 1738 if (did_putchar) 1739 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next 1740 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ 1741 edit_unputchar(); 1742 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1743 clear_showcmd(); 1744 #endif 1745 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1746 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1747 revins_chars++; 1748 revins_legal++; 1749 #endif 1750 } 1751 1752 /* 1753 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1754 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1755 */ 1756 static int pc_status; 1757 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1758 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1759 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1760 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1761 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1762 static int pc_attr; 1763 static int pc_row; 1764 static int pc_col; 1765 1766 void 1767 edit_putchar(int c, int highlight) 1768 { 1769 int attr; 1770 1771 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1772 { 1773 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1774 validate_cursor(); 1775 if (highlight) 1776 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 1777 else 1778 attr = 0; 1779 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1780 pc_col = curwin->w_wincol; 1781 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1782 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1783 #endif 1784 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1785 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1786 { 1787 pc_col += curwin->w_width - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1788 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1789 if (has_mbyte) 1790 { 1791 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1792 1793 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1794 { 1795 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1796 --curwin->w_wcol; 1797 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1798 } 1799 } 1800 # endif 1801 } 1802 else 1803 #endif 1804 { 1805 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1806 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1807 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1808 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1809 #endif 1810 } 1811 1812 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1813 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1814 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1815 #endif 1816 { 1817 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1818 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1819 } 1820 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1821 } 1822 } 1823 1824 /* 1825 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1826 */ 1827 void 1828 edit_unputchar(void) 1829 { 1830 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1831 { 1832 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1833 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1834 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1835 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1836 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1837 else 1838 #endif 1839 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1840 } 1841 } 1842 1843 /* 1844 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1845 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1846 */ 1847 void 1848 display_dollar(colnr_T col) 1849 { 1850 colnr_T save_col; 1851 1852 if (!redrawing()) 1853 return; 1854 1855 cursor_off(); 1856 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1857 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1858 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1859 if (has_mbyte) 1860 { 1861 char_u *p; 1862 1863 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1864 p = ml_get_curline(); 1865 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1866 } 1867 #endif 1868 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1869 if (curwin->w_wcol < curwin->w_width) 1870 { 1871 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1872 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1873 } 1874 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1875 } 1876 1877 /* 1878 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1879 * in insert mode. 1880 */ 1881 static void 1882 undisplay_dollar(void) 1883 { 1884 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 1885 { 1886 dollar_vcol = -1; 1887 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1888 } 1889 } 1890 1891 /* 1892 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1893 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1894 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1895 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1896 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1897 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1898 */ 1899 void 1900 change_indent( 1901 int type, 1902 int amount, 1903 int round, 1904 int replaced, /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1905 int call_changed_bytes) /* call changed_bytes() */ 1906 { 1907 int vcol; 1908 int last_vcol; 1909 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1910 int new_cursor_col; 1911 int i; 1912 char_u *ptr; 1913 int save_p_list; 1914 int start_col; 1915 colnr_T vc; 1916 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1917 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1918 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1919 1920 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1921 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1922 { 1923 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1924 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1925 } 1926 #endif 1927 1928 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1929 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1930 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1931 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1932 vcol = vc; 1933 1934 /* 1935 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1936 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1937 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1938 */ 1939 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1940 1941 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1942 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1943 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1944 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1945 1946 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1947 1948 /* 1949 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1950 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1951 */ 1952 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1953 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1954 1955 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1956 start_col = -1; 1957 1958 /* 1959 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1960 */ 1961 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1962 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1963 else 1964 { 1965 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1966 int save_State = State; 1967 1968 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1969 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1970 State = INSERT; 1971 #endif 1972 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1973 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1974 State = save_State; 1975 #endif 1976 } 1977 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1978 1979 /* 1980 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1981 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1982 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1983 * non-blank character. 1984 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1985 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1986 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1987 */ 1988 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1989 { 1990 /* 1991 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1992 * Insstart_col to 0. 1993 */ 1994 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1995 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1996 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1997 } 1998 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1999 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2000 else 2001 { 2002 /* 2003 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 2004 */ 2005 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 2006 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 2007 2008 /* 2009 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 2010 */ 2011 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 2012 new_cursor_col = -1; 2013 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 2014 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 2015 { 2016 last_vcol = vcol; 2017 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2018 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 2019 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 2020 else 2021 #endif 2022 ++new_cursor_col; 2023 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 2024 } 2025 vcol = last_vcol; 2026 2027 /* 2028 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 2029 * the right screen column. 2030 */ 2031 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 2032 { 2033 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2034 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 2035 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 2036 if (ptr != NULL) 2037 { 2038 new_cursor_col += i; 2039 ptr[i] = NUL; 2040 while (--i >= 0) 2041 ptr[i] = ' '; 2042 ins_str(ptr); 2043 vim_free(ptr); 2044 } 2045 } 2046 2047 /* 2048 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 2049 * Insstart_col to 0. 2050 */ 2051 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 2052 } 2053 2054 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 2055 2056 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 2057 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 2058 else 2059 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2060 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 2061 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 2062 2063 /* 2064 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 2065 */ 2066 if (State & INSERT) 2067 { 2068 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 2069 { 2070 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 2071 Insstart.col = 0; 2072 else 2073 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 2074 } 2075 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 2076 ai_col = 0; 2077 else 2078 ai_col -= insstart_less; 2079 } 2080 2081 /* 2082 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 2083 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 2084 * few characters from the replace stack. 2085 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 2086 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 2087 */ 2088 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 2089 { 2090 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 2091 { 2092 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2093 --start_col; 2094 } 2095 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 2096 { 2097 replace_push(NUL); 2098 if (replaced) 2099 { 2100 replace_push(replaced); 2101 replaced = NUL; 2102 } 2103 ++start_col; 2104 } 2105 } 2106 2107 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 2108 /* 2109 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 2110 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 2111 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 2112 */ 2113 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 2114 { 2115 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 2116 * even if you can't backspace. */ 2117 if (orig_line == NULL) 2118 return; 2119 2120 /* Save new line */ 2121 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 2122 if (new_line == NULL) 2123 return; 2124 2125 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 2126 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 2127 2128 /* Put back original line */ 2129 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 2130 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 2131 2132 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 2133 backspace_until_column(0); 2134 2135 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 2136 ins_bytes(new_line); 2137 2138 vim_free(new_line); 2139 } 2140 #endif 2141 } 2142 2143 /* 2144 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 2145 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 2146 * modes. 2147 */ 2148 void 2149 truncate_spaces(char_u *line) 2150 { 2151 int i; 2152 2153 /* find start of trailing white space */ 2154 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(line[i]); i--) 2155 { 2156 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2157 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2158 } 2159 line[i + 1] = NUL; 2160 } 2161 2162 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 2163 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 2164 /* 2165 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 2166 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2167 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2168 * character. 2169 */ 2170 void 2171 backspace_until_column(int col) 2172 { 2173 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2174 { 2175 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2176 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2177 replace_do_bs(col); 2178 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2179 break; 2180 } 2181 } 2182 #endif 2183 2184 /* 2185 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2186 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2187 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2188 */ 2189 static int 2190 del_char_after_col(int limit_col UNUSED) 2191 { 2192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2193 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2194 { 2195 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2196 2197 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2198 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2199 * composing character. */ 2200 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2201 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2202 { 2203 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2204 2205 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2206 break; 2207 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2208 } 2209 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2210 return FALSE; 2211 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2212 } 2213 else 2214 #endif 2215 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2216 return TRUE; 2217 } 2218 2219 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2220 /* 2221 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2222 */ 2223 static void 2224 ins_ctrl_x(void) 2225 { 2226 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2227 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2228 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2229 { 2230 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2231 * compl_cont_status */ 2232 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2233 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2234 else 2235 compl_cont_status = 0; 2236 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2237 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2238 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2239 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2240 showmode(); 2241 } 2242 } 2243 2244 /* 2245 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2246 */ 2247 static int 2248 has_compl_option(int dict_opt) 2249 { 2250 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2251 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2252 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2253 # endif 2254 ) 2255 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2256 { 2257 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2258 edit_submode = NULL; 2259 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2260 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2261 HL_ATTR(HLF_E)); 2262 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2263 { 2264 vim_beep(BO_COMPL); 2265 setcursor(); 2266 out_flush(); 2267 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2268 if (!get_vim_var_nr(VV_TESTING)) 2269 #endif 2270 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2271 } 2272 return FALSE; 2273 } 2274 return TRUE; 2275 } 2276 2277 /* 2278 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2279 * This depends on the current mode. 2280 */ 2281 int 2282 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c) 2283 { 2284 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2285 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2286 return TRUE; 2287 2288 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2289 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2290 return TRUE; 2291 2292 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2293 { 2294 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2295 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2296 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2297 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2298 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2299 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2300 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2301 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2302 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); 2303 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2304 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2305 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2306 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2307 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2308 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2309 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2310 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2311 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2312 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2313 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2314 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2315 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2316 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2317 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2318 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2319 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2320 #endif 2321 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2322 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2323 || c == Ctrl_X); 2324 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2325 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2326 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2327 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2328 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2329 #endif 2330 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2331 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2332 case CTRL_X_EVAL: 2333 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2334 } 2335 internal_error("vim_is_ctrl_x_key()"); 2336 return FALSE; 2337 } 2338 2339 /* 2340 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2341 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2342 * is visible. 2343 */ 2344 static int 2345 ins_compl_accept_char(int c) 2346 { 2347 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2348 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2349 return vim_isIDc(c); 2350 2351 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2352 { 2353 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2354 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2355 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2356 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2357 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2358 2359 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2360 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2361 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2362 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2363 return vim_isprintc(c) && !VIM_ISWHITE(c); 2364 2365 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2366 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2367 return vim_isprintc(c); 2368 } 2369 return vim_iswordc(c); 2370 } 2371 2372 /* 2373 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2374 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2375 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2376 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2377 */ 2378 int 2379 ins_compl_add_infercase( 2380 char_u *str, 2381 int len, 2382 int icase, 2383 char_u *fname, 2384 int dir, 2385 int flags) 2386 { 2387 char_u *p; 2388 int i, c; 2389 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2390 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2391 int min_len; 2392 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2393 int has_lower = FALSE; 2394 int was_letter = FALSE; 2395 2396 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2397 { 2398 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2399 2400 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2402 if (has_mbyte) 2403 { 2404 p = str; 2405 actual_len = 0; 2406 while (*p != NUL) 2407 { 2408 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 2409 ++actual_len; 2410 } 2411 } 2412 else 2413 #endif 2414 actual_len = len; 2415 2416 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2418 if (has_mbyte) 2419 { 2420 p = compl_orig_text; 2421 actual_compl_length = 0; 2422 while (*p != NUL) 2423 { 2424 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 2425 ++actual_compl_length; 2426 } 2427 } 2428 else 2429 #endif 2430 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2431 2432 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2433 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2434 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2435 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2436 2437 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2438 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2439 if (wca != NULL) 2440 { 2441 p = str; 2442 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2444 if (has_mbyte) 2445 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2446 else 2447 #endif 2448 wca[i] = *(p++); 2449 2450 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2451 p = compl_orig_text; 2452 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2453 { 2454 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2455 if (has_mbyte) 2456 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2457 else 2458 #endif 2459 c = *(p++); 2460 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2461 { 2462 has_lower = TRUE; 2463 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2464 { 2465 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2466 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2467 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2468 break; 2469 } 2470 } 2471 } 2472 2473 /* 2474 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2475 * upper case. 2476 */ 2477 if (!has_lower) 2478 { 2479 p = compl_orig_text; 2480 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2481 { 2482 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2483 if (has_mbyte) 2484 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2485 else 2486 #endif 2487 c = *(p++); 2488 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2489 { 2490 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2491 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2492 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2493 break; 2494 } 2495 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2496 } 2497 } 2498 2499 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2500 p = compl_orig_text; 2501 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2502 { 2503 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2504 if (has_mbyte) 2505 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2506 else 2507 #endif 2508 c = *(p++); 2509 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2510 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2511 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2512 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2513 } 2514 2515 /* 2516 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2517 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2518 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2519 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2520 */ 2521 p = IObuff; 2522 i = 0; 2523 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2525 if (has_mbyte) 2526 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2527 else 2528 #endif 2529 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2530 *p = NUL; 2531 2532 vim_free(wca); 2533 } 2534 2535 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2536 flags, FALSE); 2537 } 2538 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2539 } 2540 2541 /* 2542 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2543 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2544 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2545 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2546 */ 2547 static int 2548 ins_compl_add( 2549 char_u *str, 2550 int len, 2551 int icase, 2552 char_u *fname, 2553 char_u **cptext, /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2554 int cdir, 2555 int flags, 2556 int adup) /* accept duplicate match */ 2557 { 2558 compl_T *match; 2559 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2560 2561 ui_breakcheck(); 2562 if (got_int) 2563 return FAIL; 2564 if (len < 0) 2565 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2566 2567 /* 2568 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2569 */ 2570 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2571 { 2572 match = compl_first_match; 2573 do 2574 { 2575 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2576 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2577 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2578 return NOTDONE; 2579 match = match->cp_next; 2580 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2581 } 2582 2583 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2584 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2585 2586 /* 2587 * Allocate a new match structure. 2588 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2589 */ 2590 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2591 if (match == NULL) 2592 return FAIL; 2593 match->cp_number = -1; 2594 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2595 match->cp_number = 0; 2596 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2597 { 2598 vim_free(match); 2599 return FAIL; 2600 } 2601 match->cp_icase = icase; 2602 2603 /* match-fname is: 2604 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2605 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2606 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2607 if (fname != NULL 2608 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2609 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2610 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2611 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2612 else if (fname != NULL) 2613 { 2614 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2615 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2616 } 2617 else 2618 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2619 match->cp_flags = flags; 2620 2621 if (cptext != NULL) 2622 { 2623 int i; 2624 2625 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2626 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2627 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2628 } 2629 2630 /* 2631 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2632 */ 2633 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2634 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2635 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2636 { 2637 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2638 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2639 } 2640 else /* BACKWARD */ 2641 { 2642 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2643 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2644 } 2645 if (match->cp_next) 2646 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2647 if (match->cp_prev) 2648 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2649 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2650 compl_first_match = match; 2651 compl_curr_match = match; 2652 2653 /* 2654 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2655 */ 2656 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2657 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2658 2659 return OK; 2660 } 2661 2662 /* 2663 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2664 * match->cp_icase. 2665 */ 2666 static int 2667 ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len) 2668 { 2669 if (match->cp_icase) 2670 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2671 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2672 } 2673 2674 /* 2675 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2676 */ 2677 static void 2678 ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match) 2679 { 2680 char_u *p, *s; 2681 int c1, c2; 2682 int had_match; 2683 2684 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2685 { 2686 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2687 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2688 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2689 { 2690 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2691 ins_compl_delete(); 2692 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2693 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2694 2695 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2696 * again after redrawing. */ 2697 if (!had_match) 2698 ins_compl_delete(); 2699 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2700 } 2701 } 2702 else 2703 { 2704 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2705 p = compl_leader; 2706 s = match->cp_str; 2707 while (*p != NUL) 2708 { 2709 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2710 if (has_mbyte) 2711 { 2712 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2713 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2714 } 2715 else 2716 #endif 2717 { 2718 c1 = *p; 2719 c2 = *s; 2720 } 2721 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2722 : (c1 != c2)) 2723 break; 2724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2725 if (has_mbyte) 2726 { 2727 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 2728 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 2729 } 2730 else 2731 #endif 2732 { 2733 ++p; 2734 ++s; 2735 } 2736 } 2737 2738 if (*p != NUL) 2739 { 2740 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2741 *p = NUL; 2742 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2743 ins_compl_delete(); 2744 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2745 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2746 2747 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2748 * again after redrawing. */ 2749 if (!had_match) 2750 ins_compl_delete(); 2751 } 2752 2753 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2754 } 2755 } 2756 2757 /* 2758 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2759 * Frees matches[]. 2760 */ 2761 static void 2762 ins_compl_add_matches( 2763 int num_matches, 2764 char_u **matches, 2765 int icase) 2766 { 2767 int i; 2768 int add_r = OK; 2769 int dir = compl_direction; 2770 2771 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2772 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2773 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2774 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2775 dir = FORWARD; 2776 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2777 } 2778 2779 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2780 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2781 */ 2782 static int 2783 ins_compl_make_cyclic(void) 2784 { 2785 compl_T *match; 2786 int count = 0; 2787 2788 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2789 { 2790 /* 2791 * Find the end of the list. 2792 */ 2793 match = compl_first_match; 2794 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2795 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2796 { 2797 match = match->cp_next; 2798 ++count; 2799 } 2800 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2801 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2802 } 2803 return count; 2804 } 2805 2806 /* 2807 * Set variables that store noselect and noinsert behavior from the 2808 * 'completeopt' value. 2809 */ 2810 void 2811 completeopt_was_set(void) 2812 { 2813 compl_no_insert = FALSE; 2814 compl_no_select = FALSE; 2815 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL) 2816 compl_no_select = TRUE; 2817 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL) 2818 compl_no_insert = TRUE; 2819 } 2820 2821 /* 2822 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2823 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2824 * "list" is the list of matches. 2825 */ 2826 void 2827 set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list) 2828 { 2829 int save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 2830 int save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol; 2831 2832 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2833 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2834 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2835 ins_compl_clear(); 2836 ins_compl_free(); 2837 2838 compl_direction = FORWARD; 2839 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2840 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2841 compl_col = startcol; 2842 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2843 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2844 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2845 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2846 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2847 return; 2848 2849 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL; 2850 2851 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2852 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2853 compl_started = TRUE; 2854 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2855 compl_cont_status = 0; 2856 2857 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2858 if (compl_no_insert || compl_no_select) 2859 { 2860 ins_complete(K_DOWN, FALSE); 2861 if (compl_no_select) 2862 /* Down/Up has no real effect. */ 2863 ins_complete(K_UP, FALSE); 2864 } 2865 else 2866 ins_complete(Ctrl_N, FALSE); 2867 compl_enter_selects = compl_no_insert; 2868 2869 /* Lazily show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 2870 if (!compl_interrupted) 2871 show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol); 2872 out_flush(); 2873 } 2874 2875 2876 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2877 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2878 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2879 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2880 2881 /* 2882 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2883 */ 2884 static void 2885 ins_compl_upd_pum(void) 2886 { 2887 int h; 2888 2889 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2890 { 2891 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2892 update_screen(0); 2893 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2894 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2895 } 2896 } 2897 2898 /* 2899 * Remove any popup menu. 2900 */ 2901 static void 2902 ins_compl_del_pum(void) 2903 { 2904 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2905 { 2906 pum_undisplay(); 2907 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2908 compl_match_array = NULL; 2909 } 2910 } 2911 2912 /* 2913 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2914 */ 2915 static int 2916 pum_wanted(void) 2917 { 2918 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2919 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2920 return FALSE; 2921 2922 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2923 if (t_colors < 8 2924 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2925 && !gui.in_use 2926 #endif 2927 ) 2928 return FALSE; 2929 return TRUE; 2930 } 2931 2932 /* 2933 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2934 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2935 */ 2936 static int 2937 pum_enough_matches(void) 2938 { 2939 compl_T *compl; 2940 int i; 2941 2942 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2943 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2944 compl = compl_first_match; 2945 i = 0; 2946 do 2947 { 2948 if (compl == NULL 2949 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2950 break; 2951 compl = compl->cp_next; 2952 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2953 2954 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2955 return (i >= 1); 2956 return (i >= 2); 2957 } 2958 2959 /* 2960 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2961 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2962 */ 2963 void 2964 ins_compl_show_pum(void) 2965 { 2966 compl_T *compl; 2967 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2968 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2969 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2970 int i; 2971 int cur = -1; 2972 colnr_T col; 2973 int lead_len = 0; 2974 2975 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2976 return; 2977 2978 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2979 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2980 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2981 #endif 2982 2983 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2984 update_screen(0); 2985 2986 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2987 { 2988 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2989 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2990 compl = compl_first_match; 2991 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2992 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2993 do 2994 { 2995 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2996 && (compl_leader == NULL 2997 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2998 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2999 compl = compl->cp_next; 3000 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 3001 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 3002 return; 3003 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 3004 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 3005 * compl_match_arraysize)); 3006 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 3007 { 3008 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 3009 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 3010 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3011 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3012 3013 i = 0; 3014 compl = compl_first_match; 3015 do 3016 { 3017 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 3018 && (compl_leader == NULL 3019 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 3020 { 3021 if (!shown_match_ok) 3022 { 3023 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 3024 { 3025 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 3026 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 3027 compl_shown_match = compl; 3028 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 3029 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3030 } 3031 else 3032 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 3033 * shown match is just below it. */ 3034 shown_compl = compl; 3035 cur = i; 3036 } 3037 3038 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 3039 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 3040 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 3041 else 3042 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 3043 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 3044 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 3045 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 3046 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 3047 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 3048 else 3049 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 3050 } 3051 3052 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 3053 { 3054 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 3055 3056 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 3057 * compl_shown_match. */ 3058 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3059 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3060 3061 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 3062 { 3063 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 3064 * previously displayed match. */ 3065 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 3066 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3067 } 3068 } 3069 compl = compl->cp_next; 3070 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 3071 3072 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 3073 cur = -1; 3074 } 3075 } 3076 else 3077 { 3078 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 3079 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 3080 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 3081 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 3082 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 3083 { 3084 cur = i; 3085 break; 3086 } 3087 } 3088 3089 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 3090 { 3091 /* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only 3092 * part of the screen would be updated. We do need to redraw here. */ 3093 dollar_vcol = -1; 3094 3095 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 3096 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 3097 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3098 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 3099 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 3100 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 3101 } 3102 } 3103 3104 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 3105 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 3106 3107 /* 3108 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 3109 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 3110 */ 3111 static void 3112 ins_compl_dictionaries( 3113 char_u *dict_start, 3114 char_u *pat, 3115 int flags, /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 3116 int thesaurus) /* Thesaurus completion */ 3117 { 3118 char_u *dict = dict_start; 3119 char_u *ptr; 3120 char_u *buf; 3121 regmatch_T regmatch; 3122 char_u **files; 3123 int count; 3124 int save_p_scs; 3125 int dir = compl_direction; 3126 3127 if (*dict == NUL) 3128 { 3129 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3130 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 3131 * "spell". */ 3132 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 3133 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 3134 else 3135 #endif 3136 return; 3137 } 3138 3139 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 3140 if (buf == NULL) 3141 return; 3142 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 3143 3144 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 3145 save_p_scs = p_scs; 3146 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 3147 p_scs = FALSE; 3148 3149 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 3150 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 3151 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 3152 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3153 { 3154 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 3155 size_t len; 3156 3157 if (pat_esc == NULL) 3158 goto theend; 3159 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 3160 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 3161 if (ptr == NULL) 3162 { 3163 vim_free(pat_esc); 3164 goto theend; 3165 } 3166 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 3167 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 3168 vim_free(pat_esc); 3169 vim_free(ptr); 3170 } 3171 else 3172 { 3173 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 3174 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 3175 goto theend; 3176 } 3177 3178 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 3179 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 3180 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 3181 { 3182 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 3183 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 3184 { 3185 count = 1; 3186 files = &dict; 3187 } 3188 else 3189 { 3190 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 3191 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 3192 * a modeline). */ 3193 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3194 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3195 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3196 count = -1; 3197 else 3198 # endif 3199 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3200 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3201 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3202 count = 0; 3203 } 3204 3205 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3206 if (count == -1) 3207 { 3208 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3209 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3210 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3211 ptr = pat + 2; 3212 else 3213 ptr = pat; 3214 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3215 } 3216 else 3217 # endif 3218 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3219 { 3220 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3221 ®match, buf, &dir); 3222 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3223 FreeWild(count, files); 3224 } 3225 if (flags != 0) 3226 break; 3227 } 3228 3229 theend: 3230 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3231 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3232 vim_free(buf); 3233 } 3234 3235 static void 3236 ins_compl_files( 3237 int count, 3238 char_u **files, 3239 int thesaurus, 3240 int flags, 3241 regmatch_T *regmatch, 3242 char_u *buf, 3243 int *dir) 3244 { 3245 char_u *ptr; 3246 int i; 3247 FILE *fp; 3248 int add_r; 3249 3250 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3251 { 3252 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3253 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3254 { 3255 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3256 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3257 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R)); 3258 } 3259 3260 if (fp != NULL) 3261 { 3262 /* 3263 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3264 * Check each line for a match. 3265 */ 3266 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3267 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3268 { 3269 ptr = buf; 3270 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3271 { 3272 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3273 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3274 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3275 else 3276 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3277 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3278 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3279 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3280 if (thesaurus) 3281 { 3282 char_u *wstart; 3283 3284 /* 3285 * Add the other matches on the line 3286 */ 3287 ptr = buf; 3288 while (!got_int) 3289 { 3290 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3291 * space and punctuation. */ 3292 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3293 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3294 break; 3295 wstart = ptr; 3296 3297 /* Find end of the word. */ 3298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3299 if (has_mbyte) 3300 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3301 * different classes, only separate words 3302 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3303 while (*ptr != NUL) 3304 { 3305 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3306 3307 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3308 break; 3309 ptr += l; 3310 } 3311 else 3312 #endif 3313 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3314 3315 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3316 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3317 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3318 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3319 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3320 } 3321 } 3322 if (add_r == OK) 3323 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3324 *dir = FORWARD; 3325 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3326 break; 3327 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3328 * of line */ 3329 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3330 break; 3331 } 3332 line_breakcheck(); 3333 ins_compl_check_keys(50, FALSE); 3334 } 3335 fclose(fp); 3336 } 3337 } 3338 } 3339 3340 /* 3341 * Find the start of the next word. 3342 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3343 */ 3344 char_u * 3345 find_word_start(char_u *ptr) 3346 { 3347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3348 if (has_mbyte) 3349 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3350 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3351 else 3352 #endif 3353 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3354 ++ptr; 3355 return ptr; 3356 } 3357 3358 /* 3359 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3360 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3361 */ 3362 char_u * 3363 find_word_end(char_u *ptr) 3364 { 3365 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3366 int start_class; 3367 3368 if (has_mbyte) 3369 { 3370 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3371 if (start_class > 1) 3372 while (*ptr != NUL) 3373 { 3374 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3375 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3376 break; 3377 } 3378 } 3379 else 3380 #endif 3381 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3382 ++ptr; 3383 return ptr; 3384 } 3385 3386 /* 3387 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3388 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3389 */ 3390 static char_u * 3391 find_line_end(char_u *ptr) 3392 { 3393 char_u *s; 3394 3395 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3396 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3397 --s; 3398 return s; 3399 } 3400 3401 /* 3402 * Free the list of completions 3403 */ 3404 static void 3405 ins_compl_free(void) 3406 { 3407 compl_T *match; 3408 int i; 3409 3410 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3411 compl_pattern = NULL; 3412 vim_free(compl_leader); 3413 compl_leader = NULL; 3414 3415 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3416 return; 3417 3418 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3419 pum_clear(); 3420 3421 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3422 do 3423 { 3424 match = compl_curr_match; 3425 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3426 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3427 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3428 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3429 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3430 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3431 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3432 vim_free(match); 3433 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3434 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3435 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3436 compl_old_match = NULL; 3437 } 3438 3439 static void 3440 ins_compl_clear(void) 3441 { 3442 compl_cont_status = 0; 3443 compl_started = FALSE; 3444 compl_matches = 0; 3445 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3446 compl_pattern = NULL; 3447 vim_free(compl_leader); 3448 compl_leader = NULL; 3449 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3450 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3451 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3452 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3453 /* clear v:completed_item */ 3454 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 3455 } 3456 3457 /* 3458 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3459 */ 3460 int 3461 ins_compl_active(void) 3462 { 3463 return compl_started; 3464 } 3465 3466 /* 3467 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3468 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3469 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3470 * to be got from the user. 3471 */ 3472 static int 3473 ins_compl_bs(void) 3474 { 3475 char_u *line; 3476 char_u *p; 3477 3478 line = ml_get_curline(); 3479 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3480 MB_PTR_BACK(line, p); 3481 3482 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3483 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. 3484 * Respect the 'backspace' option. */ 3485 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3486 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3487 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL 3488 || (!can_bs(BS_START) && (int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col 3489 - compl_length < 0)) 3490 return K_BS; 3491 3492 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3493 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3494 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3495 || ins_compl_need_restart()) 3496 ins_compl_restart(); 3497 3498 vim_free(compl_leader); 3499 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3500 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3501 { 3502 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3503 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) 3504 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ 3505 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 3506 return NUL; 3507 } 3508 return K_BS; 3509 } 3510 3511 /* 3512 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to 3513 * be called. 3514 */ 3515 static int 3516 ins_compl_need_restart(void) 3517 { 3518 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the 3519 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ 3520 return compl_was_interrupted 3521 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 3522 && compl_opt_refresh_always); 3523 } 3524 3525 /* 3526 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3527 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3528 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3529 */ 3530 static void 3531 ins_compl_new_leader(void) 3532 { 3533 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3534 ins_compl_delete(); 3535 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3536 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3537 3538 if (compl_started) 3539 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3540 else 3541 { 3542 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3543 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3544 #endif 3545 /* 3546 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3547 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3548 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3549 */ 3550 update_screen(0); 3551 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3552 if (gui.in_use) 3553 { 3554 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3555 setcursor(); 3556 out_flush(); 3557 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3558 } 3559 #endif 3560 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3561 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N, TRUE) == FAIL) 3562 compl_cont_status = 0; 3563 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3564 } 3565 3566 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3567 3568 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3569 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3570 3571 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3572 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3573 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3574 } 3575 3576 /* 3577 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3578 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3579 */ 3580 static int 3581 ins_compl_len(void) 3582 { 3583 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3584 3585 if (off < 0) 3586 return 0; 3587 return off; 3588 } 3589 3590 /* 3591 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3592 * matches. 3593 */ 3594 static void 3595 ins_compl_addleader(int c) 3596 { 3597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3598 int cc; 3599 #endif 3600 3601 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 3602 return; 3603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3604 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3605 { 3606 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3607 3608 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3609 buf[cc] = NUL; 3610 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3611 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3612 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 3613 } 3614 else 3615 #endif 3616 { 3617 ins_char(c); 3618 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3619 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 3620 } 3621 3622 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3623 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) 3624 ins_compl_restart(); 3625 3626 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, 3627 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would 3628 * break redo. */ 3629 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) 3630 { 3631 vim_free(compl_leader); 3632 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3633 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3634 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3635 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3636 } 3637 } 3638 3639 /* 3640 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3641 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3642 */ 3643 static void 3644 ins_compl_restart(void) 3645 { 3646 ins_compl_free(); 3647 compl_started = FALSE; 3648 compl_matches = 0; 3649 compl_cont_status = 0; 3650 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3651 } 3652 3653 /* 3654 * Set the first match, the original text. 3655 */ 3656 static void 3657 ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str) 3658 { 3659 char_u *p; 3660 3661 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3662 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3663 { 3664 p = vim_strsave(str); 3665 if (p != NULL) 3666 { 3667 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3668 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3669 } 3670 } 3671 } 3672 3673 /* 3674 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3675 * matches. 3676 */ 3677 static void 3678 ins_compl_addfrommatch(void) 3679 { 3680 char_u *p; 3681 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3682 int c; 3683 compl_T *cp; 3684 3685 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3686 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3687 { 3688 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3689 * the leader. */ 3690 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3691 { 3692 p = NULL; 3693 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3694 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3695 { 3696 if (compl_leader == NULL 3697 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3698 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3699 { 3700 p = cp->cp_str; 3701 break; 3702 } 3703 } 3704 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3705 return; 3706 } 3707 else 3708 return; 3709 } 3710 p += len; 3711 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 3712 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3713 } 3714 3715 /* 3716 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3717 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3718 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3719 */ 3720 static int 3721 ins_compl_prep(int c) 3722 { 3723 char_u *ptr; 3724 int want_cindent; 3725 int retval = FALSE; 3726 3727 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3728 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3729 */ 3730 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3731 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3732 3733 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3734 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3735 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3736 return retval; 3737 3738 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3739 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3740 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3741 { 3742 compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL); 3743 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3744 3745 } 3746 3747 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3748 { 3749 /* 3750 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3751 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3752 */ 3753 switch (c) 3754 { 3755 case Ctrl_E: 3756 case Ctrl_Y: 3757 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3758 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3759 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3760 else 3761 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3762 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3763 showmode(); 3764 break; 3765 case Ctrl_L: 3766 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3767 break; 3768 case Ctrl_F: 3769 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3770 break; 3771 case Ctrl_K: 3772 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3773 break; 3774 case Ctrl_R: 3775 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3776 break; 3777 case Ctrl_T: 3778 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3779 break; 3780 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3781 case Ctrl_U: 3782 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3783 break; 3784 case Ctrl_O: 3785 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3786 break; 3787 #endif 3788 case 's': 3789 case Ctrl_S: 3790 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3791 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3792 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3793 spell_back_to_badword(); 3794 --emsg_off; 3795 #endif 3796 break; 3797 case Ctrl_RSB: 3798 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3799 break; 3800 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3801 case Ctrl_I: 3802 case K_S_TAB: 3803 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3804 break; 3805 case Ctrl_D: 3806 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3807 break; 3808 #endif 3809 case Ctrl_V: 3810 case Ctrl_Q: 3811 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3812 break; 3813 case Ctrl_P: 3814 case Ctrl_N: 3815 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3816 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3817 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3818 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3819 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3820 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3821 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3822 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3823 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3824 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3825 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3826 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3827 default: 3828 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3829 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3830 * mode). 3831 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3832 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3833 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3834 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3835 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3836 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3837 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3838 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3839 { 3840 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3841 compl_cont_status = 0; 3842 else 3843 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3844 } 3845 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3846 edit_submode = NULL; 3847 showmode(); 3848 break; 3849 } 3850 } 3851 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3852 { 3853 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3854 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3855 { 3856 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3857 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3858 else 3859 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3860 edit_submode = NULL; 3861 } 3862 showmode(); 3863 } 3864 3865 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3866 { 3867 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3868 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3869 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3870 showmode(); 3871 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3872 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3873 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3874 { 3875 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3876 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3877 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3878 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3879 { 3880 /* 3881 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3882 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3883 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3884 * of the original text that has changed. 3885 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3886 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3887 */ 3888 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3889 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3890 else 3891 ptr = NULL; 3892 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); 3893 } 3894 3895 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3896 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3897 #endif 3898 /* 3899 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3900 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3901 */ 3902 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3903 { 3904 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3905 /* re-indent the current line */ 3906 if (want_cindent) 3907 { 3908 do_c_expr_indent(); 3909 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3910 } 3911 #endif 3912 } 3913 else 3914 { 3915 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3916 3917 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3918 if (prev_col > 0) 3919 dec_cursor(); 3920 /* only format when something was inserted */ 3921 if (!arrow_used && !ins_need_undo && c != Ctrl_E) 3922 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3923 if (prev_col > 0 3924 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3925 inc_cursor(); 3926 } 3927 3928 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3929 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3930 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3931 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3932 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3933 && pum_visible()) 3934 retval = TRUE; 3935 3936 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. 3937 * but only do this, if the Popup is still visible */ 3938 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3939 { 3940 ins_compl_delete(); 3941 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3942 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3943 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3944 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3945 retval = TRUE; 3946 } 3947 3948 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3949 3950 ins_compl_free(); 3951 compl_started = FALSE; 3952 compl_matches = 0; 3953 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 3954 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3955 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3956 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3957 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3958 { 3959 edit_submode = NULL; 3960 showmode(); 3961 } 3962 3963 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3964 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 3965 /* Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the 3966 * command line window. */ 3967 update_screen(0); 3968 #endif 3969 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3970 /* 3971 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3972 */ 3973 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3974 do_c_expr_indent(); 3975 #endif 3976 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3977 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3978 * upon the completion. */ 3979 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3980 #endif 3981 } 3982 } 3983 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3984 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) 3985 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3986 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ 3987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3988 #endif 3989 3990 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3991 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3992 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3993 { 3994 compl_cont_status = 0; 3995 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3996 } 3997 3998 return retval; 3999 } 4000 4001 /* 4002 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed 4003 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. 4004 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. 4005 */ 4006 static void 4007 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg) 4008 { 4009 int len; 4010 char_u *p; 4011 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; 4012 4013 if (ptr == NULL) 4014 { 4015 if (compl_leader != NULL) 4016 ptr = compl_leader; 4017 else 4018 return; /* nothing to do */ 4019 } 4020 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 4021 { 4022 p = compl_orig_text; 4023 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) 4024 ; 4025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4026 if (len > 0) 4027 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); 4028 #endif 4029 for (p += len; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4030 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 4031 } 4032 else 4033 len = 0; 4034 if (ptr != NULL) 4035 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); 4036 } 4037 4038 /* 4039 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 4040 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 4041 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 4042 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 4043 * 4044 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 4045 */ 4046 static buf_T * 4047 ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag) 4048 { 4049 static win_T *wp; 4050 4051 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 4052 { 4053 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 4054 wp = curwin; 4055 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 4056 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 4057 ; 4058 buf = wp->w_buffer; 4059 } 4060 else 4061 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 4062 * (unlisted buffers) 4063 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 4064 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 4065 && ((flag == 'U' 4066 ? buf->b_p_bl 4067 : (!buf->b_p_bl 4068 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 4069 || buf->b_scanned)) 4070 ; 4071 return buf; 4072 } 4073 4074 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4075 /* 4076 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 4077 * get matches in "matches". 4078 */ 4079 static void 4080 expand_by_function( 4081 int type, /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 4082 char_u *base) 4083 { 4084 list_T *matchlist = NULL; 4085 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; 4086 char_u *args[2]; 4087 char_u *funcname; 4088 pos_T pos; 4089 win_T *curwin_save; 4090 buf_T *curbuf_save; 4091 typval_T rettv; 4092 4093 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 4094 if (*funcname == NUL) 4095 return; 4096 4097 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 4098 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 4099 args[1] = base; 4100 4101 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4102 curwin_save = curwin; 4103 curbuf_save = curbuf; 4104 4105 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ 4106 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) 4107 { 4108 switch (rettv.v_type) 4109 { 4110 case VAR_LIST: 4111 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; 4112 break; 4113 case VAR_DICT: 4114 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; 4115 break; 4116 default: 4117 /* TODO: Give error message? */ 4118 clear_tv(&rettv); 4119 break; 4120 } 4121 } 4122 4123 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 4124 { 4125 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 4126 goto theend; 4127 } 4128 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 4129 validate_cursor(); 4130 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 4131 { 4132 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 4133 goto theend; 4134 } 4135 4136 if (matchlist != NULL) 4137 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 4138 else if (matchdict != NULL) 4139 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); 4140 4141 theend: 4142 if (matchdict != NULL) 4143 dict_unref(matchdict); 4144 if (matchlist != NULL) 4145 list_unref(matchlist); 4146 } 4147 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 4148 4149 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 4150 /* 4151 * Add completions from a list. 4152 */ 4153 static void 4154 ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list) 4155 { 4156 listitem_T *li; 4157 int dir = compl_direction; 4158 4159 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 4160 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 4161 { 4162 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 4163 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 4164 dir = FORWARD; 4165 else if (did_emsg) 4166 break; 4167 } 4168 } 4169 4170 /* 4171 * Add completions from a dict. 4172 */ 4173 static void 4174 ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict) 4175 { 4176 dictitem_T *di_refresh; 4177 dictitem_T *di_words; 4178 4179 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ 4180 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 4181 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); 4182 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 4183 { 4184 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; 4185 4186 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) 4187 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; 4188 } 4189 4190 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ 4191 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); 4192 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 4193 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); 4194 } 4195 4196 /* 4197 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 4198 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 4199 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 4200 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 4201 */ 4202 int 4203 ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *tv, int dir) 4204 { 4205 char_u *word; 4206 int icase = FALSE; 4207 int adup = FALSE; 4208 int aempty = FALSE; 4209 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 4210 4211 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 4212 { 4213 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 4214 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4215 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 4216 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4217 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 4218 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4219 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 4220 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4221 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 4222 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 4223 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 4224 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 4225 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 4226 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) 4227 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); 4228 } 4229 else 4230 { 4231 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 4232 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 4233 } 4234 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) 4235 return FAIL; 4236 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 4237 } 4238 #endif 4239 4240 /* 4241 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 4242 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 4243 * compl_direction. 4244 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 4245 * where we stopped searching before. 4246 * This may return before finding all the matches. 4247 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 4248 */ 4249 static int 4250 ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini) 4251 { 4252 static pos_T first_match_pos; 4253 static pos_T last_match_pos; 4254 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 4255 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 4256 certain type. */ 4257 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 4258 4259 pos_T *pos; 4260 char_u **matches; 4261 int save_p_scs; 4262 int save_p_ws; 4263 int save_p_ic; 4264 int i; 4265 int num_matches; 4266 int len; 4267 int found_new_match; 4268 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 4269 char_u *ptr; 4270 char_u *dict = NULL; 4271 int dict_f = 0; 4272 int set_match_pos; 4273 4274 if (!compl_started) 4275 { 4276 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(ins_buf) 4277 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 4278 found_all = FALSE; 4279 ins_buf = curbuf; 4280 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 4281 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 4282 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 4283 } 4284 4285 compl_old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 4286 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 4287 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 4288 for (;;) 4289 { 4290 found_new_match = FAIL; 4291 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4292 4293 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 4294 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 4295 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 4296 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4297 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 4298 { 4299 found_all = FALSE; 4300 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 4301 e_cpt++; 4302 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 4303 { 4304 ins_buf = curbuf; 4305 first_match_pos = *ini; 4306 /* Move the cursor back one character so that ^N can match the 4307 * word immediately after the cursor. */ 4308 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && dec(&first_match_pos) < 0) 4309 { 4310 /* Move the cursor to after the last character in the 4311 * buffer, so that word at start of buffer is found 4312 * correctly. */ 4313 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4314 first_match_pos.col = 4315 (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(first_match_pos.lnum)); 4316 } 4317 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 4318 type = 0; 4319 4320 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we 4321 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ 4322 set_match_pos = TRUE; 4323 } 4324 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 4325 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 4326 { 4327 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 4328 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 4329 { 4330 compl_started = TRUE; 4331 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4332 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4333 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4334 type = 0; 4335 } 4336 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4337 { 4338 found_all = TRUE; 4339 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4340 continue; 4341 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4342 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4343 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4344 } 4345 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4346 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4347 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4348 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4349 ? ins_buf->b_fname 4350 : ins_buf->b_sfname); 4351 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R)); 4352 } 4353 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4354 break; 4355 else 4356 { 4357 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4358 type = -1; 4359 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4360 { 4361 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4362 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4363 else 4364 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4365 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4366 { 4367 dict = e_cpt; 4368 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4369 } 4370 } 4371 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4372 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4373 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4374 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4375 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4376 #endif 4377 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4378 { 4379 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4380 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4381 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R)); 4382 } 4383 else 4384 type = -1; 4385 4386 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4387 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4388 4389 found_all = TRUE; 4390 if (type == -1) 4391 continue; 4392 } 4393 } 4394 4395 /* If complete() was called then compl_pattern has been reset. The 4396 * following won't work then, bail out. */ 4397 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4398 break; 4399 4400 switch (type) 4401 { 4402 case -1: 4403 break; 4404 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4405 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4406 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4407 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4408 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4409 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4410 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4411 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4412 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4413 break; 4414 #endif 4415 4416 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4417 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4418 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4419 dict != NULL ? dict 4420 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4421 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4422 ? p_tsr 4423 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4424 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4425 ? p_dict 4426 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4427 compl_pattern, 4428 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4429 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4430 dict = NULL; 4431 break; 4432 4433 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4434 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4435 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4436 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4437 4438 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4439 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4440 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4441 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4442 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4443 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4444 { 4445 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4446 } 4447 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4448 break; 4449 4450 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4451 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4452 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4453 { 4454 4455 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4456 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4457 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); 4458 } 4459 break; 4460 4461 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4462 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4463 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4464 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4465 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4466 break; 4467 4468 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4469 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4470 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4471 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4472 break; 4473 #endif 4474 4475 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4476 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4477 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4478 compl_pattern, &matches); 4479 if (num_matches > 0) 4480 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4481 #endif 4482 break; 4483 4484 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4485 /* 4486 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4487 */ 4488 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4489 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4490 p_scs = FALSE; 4491 4492 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4493 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4494 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4495 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4496 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4497 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4498 p_ws = FALSE; 4499 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4500 p_ws = TRUE; 4501 for (;;) 4502 { 4503 int flags = 0; 4504 4505 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4506 4507 /* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4508 * || word-wise search that 4509 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4510 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4511 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4512 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4513 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4514 else 4515 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4516 compl_direction, 4517 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4518 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 4519 --msg_silent; 4520 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) 4521 { 4522 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4523 compl_started = TRUE; 4524 first_match_pos = *pos; 4525 last_match_pos = *pos; 4526 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4527 } 4528 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4529 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4530 found_new_match = FAIL; 4531 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4532 { 4533 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4534 found_all = TRUE; 4535 break; 4536 } 4537 4538 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4539 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4540 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4541 && ini->col == pos->col) 4542 continue; 4543 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4544 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4545 { 4546 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4547 { 4548 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4549 continue; 4550 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4551 if (!p_paste) 4552 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4553 } 4554 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4555 } 4556 else 4557 { 4558 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4559 4560 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4561 { 4562 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4563 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4564 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4565 continue; 4566 /* Find start of next word. */ 4567 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4568 } 4569 /* Find end of this word. */ 4570 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4571 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4572 4573 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4574 && len == compl_length) 4575 { 4576 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4577 { 4578 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4579 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4580 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4581 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4582 * works -- Acevedo */ 4583 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4584 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4585 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4586 /* Find start of next word. */ 4587 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4588 /* Find end of next word. */ 4589 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4590 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4591 { 4592 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4593 { 4594 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4595 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4596 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4597 if (p_js 4598 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4599 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4600 == NULL 4601 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4602 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4603 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4604 } 4605 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4606 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4607 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4608 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4609 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4610 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4611 } 4612 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4613 ptr = IObuff; 4614 } 4615 if (len == compl_length) 4616 continue; 4617 } 4618 } 4619 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4620 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4621 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4622 { 4623 found_new_match = OK; 4624 break; 4625 } 4626 } 4627 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4628 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4629 } 4630 4631 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4632 * expansion added something) */ 4633 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != compl_old_match) 4634 found_new_match = OK; 4635 4636 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4637 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4638 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4639 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4640 { 4641 if (got_int) 4642 break; 4643 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4644 if (type != -1) 4645 ins_compl_check_keys(0, FALSE); 4646 4647 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4648 || compl_interrupted) 4649 break; 4650 compl_started = TRUE; 4651 } 4652 else 4653 { 4654 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4655 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4656 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4657 4658 compl_started = FALSE; 4659 } 4660 } 4661 compl_started = TRUE; 4662 4663 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4664 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4665 found_new_match = FAIL; 4666 4667 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4668 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4669 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))) 4670 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4671 4672 if (compl_old_match != NULL) 4673 { 4674 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4675 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the 4676 * next or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4677 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? compl_old_match->cp_next 4678 : compl_old_match->cp_prev; 4679 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4680 compl_curr_match = compl_old_match; 4681 } 4682 return i; 4683 } 4684 4685 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4686 static void 4687 ins_compl_delete(void) 4688 { 4689 int col; 4690 4691 /* 4692 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4693 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4694 */ 4695 col = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4696 if ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 4697 { 4698 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4699 return; 4700 backspace_until_column(col); 4701 } 4702 4703 /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything causes 4704 * flicker, thus we can't do that. */ 4705 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4706 /* clear v:completed_item */ 4707 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 4708 } 4709 4710 /* 4711 * Insert the new text being completed. 4712 * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(). 4713 */ 4714 static void 4715 ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func) 4716 { 4717 dict_T *dict; 4718 4719 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4720 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4721 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4722 else 4723 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4724 4725 /* Set completed item. */ 4726 /* { word, abbr, menu, kind, info } */ 4727 dict = dict_alloc(); 4728 if (dict != NULL) 4729 { 4730 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "word", 0L, 4731 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_str)); 4732 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "abbr", 0L, 4733 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])); 4734 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "menu", 0L, 4735 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU])); 4736 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "kind", 0L, 4737 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND])); 4738 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "info", 0L, 4739 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO])); 4740 } 4741 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict); 4742 if (!in_compl_func) 4743 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 4744 } 4745 4746 /* 4747 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4748 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4749 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4750 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4751 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4752 * through the ones found so far. 4753 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4754 * 4755 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4756 * compl_shown_match here. 4757 * 4758 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4759 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4760 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4761 */ 4762 static int 4763 ins_compl_next( 4764 int allow_get_expansion, 4765 int count, /* repeat completion this many times; should 4766 be at least 1 */ 4767 int insert_match, /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4768 int in_compl_func) /* called from complete_check() */ 4769 { 4770 int num_matches = -1; 4771 int todo = count; 4772 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4773 int found_end = FALSE; 4774 int advance; 4775 int started = compl_started; 4776 4777 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next 4778 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ 4779 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) 4780 return -1; 4781 4782 if (compl_leader != NULL 4783 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4784 { 4785 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4786 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4787 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4788 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4789 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4790 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4791 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4792 4793 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4794 * backward, find the last match. */ 4795 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4796 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4797 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4798 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4799 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4800 { 4801 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4802 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4803 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4804 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4805 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4806 } 4807 } 4808 4809 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4810 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4811 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4812 ins_compl_delete(); 4813 4814 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4815 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4816 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4817 4818 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4819 if (compl_restarting) 4820 { 4821 advance = FALSE; 4822 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4823 } 4824 4825 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4826 * around. */ 4827 while (--todo >= 0) 4828 { 4829 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4830 { 4831 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4832 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4833 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4834 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4835 } 4836 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4837 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4838 { 4839 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4840 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4841 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4842 } 4843 else 4844 { 4845 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4846 { 4847 if (advance) 4848 { 4849 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4850 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4851 else 4852 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4853 } 4854 return -1; 4855 } 4856 4857 if (!compl_no_select && advance) 4858 { 4859 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4860 --compl_pending; 4861 else 4862 ++compl_pending; 4863 } 4864 4865 /* Find matches. */ 4866 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4867 4868 /* handle any pending completions */ 4869 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4870 && advance) 4871 { 4872 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4873 { 4874 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4875 --compl_pending; 4876 } 4877 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4878 { 4879 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4880 ++compl_pending; 4881 } 4882 else 4883 break; 4884 } 4885 found_end = FALSE; 4886 } 4887 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4888 && compl_leader != NULL 4889 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4890 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4891 ++todo; 4892 else 4893 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4894 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4895 4896 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4897 if (found_end) 4898 { 4899 if (found_compl != NULL) 4900 { 4901 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4902 break; 4903 } 4904 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4905 } 4906 } 4907 4908 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4909 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4910 { 4911 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 4912 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4913 } 4914 else if (insert_match) 4915 { 4916 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4917 ins_compl_insert(in_compl_func); 4918 else 4919 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4920 } 4921 else 4922 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4923 4924 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4925 { 4926 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4927 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4928 4929 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4930 update_screen(0); 4931 4932 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4933 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4934 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4935 if (gui.in_use) 4936 { 4937 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4938 setcursor(); 4939 out_flush(); 4940 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4941 } 4942 #endif 4943 4944 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4945 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4946 ins_compl_delete(); 4947 } 4948 4949 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4950 * menu is visible. */ 4951 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4952 compl_enter_selects = TRUE; 4953 else 4954 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4955 4956 /* 4957 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4958 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4959 */ 4960 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4961 { 4962 char *lead = _("match in file"); 4963 int space = sc_col - vim_strsize((char_u *)lead) - 2; 4964 char_u *s; 4965 char_u *e; 4966 4967 if (space > 0) 4968 { 4969 /* We need the tail that fits. With double-byte encoding going 4970 * back from the end is very slow, thus go from the start and keep 4971 * the text that fits in "space" between "s" and "e". */ 4972 for (s = e = compl_shown_match->cp_fname; *e != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(e)) 4973 { 4974 space -= ptr2cells(e); 4975 while (space < 0) 4976 { 4977 space += ptr2cells(s); 4978 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 4979 } 4980 } 4981 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s %s%s", lead, 4982 s > compl_shown_match->cp_fname ? "<" : "", s); 4983 msg(IObuff); 4984 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 return num_matches; 4989 } 4990 4991 /* 4992 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4993 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4994 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4995 * possible. -- webb 4996 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4997 * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(), don't set 4998 * compl_curr_match. 4999 */ 5000 void 5001 ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency, int in_compl_func) 5002 { 5003 static int count = 0; 5004 5005 int c; 5006 5007 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 5008 * scripts */ 5009 if (using_script()) 5010 return; 5011 5012 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 5013 if (++count < frequency) 5014 return; 5015 count = 0; 5016 5017 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 5018 * can't do its work correctly. */ 5019 c = vpeekc_any(); 5020 if (c != NUL) 5021 { 5022 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 5023 { 5024 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 5025 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 5026 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 5027 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN, in_compl_func); 5028 } 5029 else 5030 { 5031 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 5032 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 5033 c = safe_vgetc(); 5034 if (c != K_IGNORE) 5035 { 5036 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 5037 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 5038 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 5039 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 5040 5041 vungetc(c); 5042 } 5043 } 5044 } 5045 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert) 5046 { 5047 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 5048 5049 compl_pending = 0; 5050 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE, in_compl_func); 5051 } 5052 } 5053 5054 /* 5055 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 5056 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 5057 */ 5058 static int 5059 ins_compl_key2dir(int c) 5060 { 5061 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 5062 || c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP) 5063 return BACKWARD; 5064 return FORWARD; 5065 } 5066 5067 /* 5068 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 5069 * is visible. 5070 */ 5071 static int 5072 ins_compl_pum_key(int c) 5073 { 5074 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 5075 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 5076 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 5077 } 5078 5079 /* 5080 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 5081 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 5082 */ 5083 static int 5084 ins_compl_key2count(int c) 5085 { 5086 int h; 5087 5088 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 5089 { 5090 h = pum_get_height(); 5091 if (h > 3) 5092 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 5093 return h; 5094 } 5095 return 1; 5096 } 5097 5098 /* 5099 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 5100 * to change the currently selected completion. 5101 */ 5102 static int 5103 ins_compl_use_match(int c) 5104 { 5105 switch (c) 5106 { 5107 case K_UP: 5108 case K_DOWN: 5109 case K_PAGEDOWN: 5110 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 5111 case K_S_DOWN: 5112 case K_PAGEUP: 5113 case K_KPAGEUP: 5114 case K_S_UP: 5115 return FALSE; 5116 } 5117 return TRUE; 5118 } 5119 5120 /* 5121 * Do Insert mode completion. 5122 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 5123 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 5124 */ 5125 static int 5126 ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum) 5127 { 5128 char_u *line; 5129 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 5130 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 5131 int n; 5132 int save_w_wrow; 5133 int save_w_leftcol; 5134 int insert_match; 5135 int save_did_ai = did_ai; 5136 5137 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 5138 insert_match = ins_compl_use_match(c); 5139 5140 if (!compl_started) 5141 { 5142 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 5143 5144 did_ai = FALSE; 5145 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5146 did_si = FALSE; 5147 can_si = FALSE; 5148 can_si_back = FALSE; 5149 #endif 5150 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5151 return FAIL; 5152 5153 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5154 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5155 compl_pending = 0; 5156 5157 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 5158 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 5159 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 5160 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 5161 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 5162 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 5163 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 5164 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 5165 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 5166 { 5167 /* 5168 * it is a continued search 5169 */ 5170 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 5171 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5172 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5173 { 5174 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5175 { 5176 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 5177 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 5178 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 5179 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 5180 compl_col = (colnr_T)getwhitecols(line); 5181 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5182 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5183 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 5184 } 5185 else 5186 { 5187 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 5188 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 5189 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 5190 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5191 { 5192 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 5193 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 5194 line + compl_length 5195 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 5196 } 5197 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 5198 } 5199 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 5200 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 5201 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 5202 #define MIN_SPACE 75 5203 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 5204 { 5205 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 5206 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 5207 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 5208 } 5209 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5210 if (compl_length < 1) 5211 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5212 } 5213 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5214 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5215 else 5216 compl_cont_status = 0; 5217 } 5218 else 5219 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5220 5221 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 5222 { 5223 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 5224 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 5225 compl_cont_status = 0; 5226 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 5227 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 5228 startcol = (int)curs_col; 5229 compl_col = 0; 5230 } 5231 5232 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 5233 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 5234 { 5235 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 5236 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5237 { 5238 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 5239 { 5240 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 5241 ; 5242 compl_col += ++startcol; 5243 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 5244 } 5245 if (p_ic) 5246 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 5247 compl_length, NULL, 0); 5248 else 5249 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 5250 compl_length); 5251 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5252 return FAIL; 5253 } 5254 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5255 { 5256 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 5257 5258 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 5259 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5260 compl_length) + 2); 5261 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5262 return FAIL; 5263 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 5264 || (compl_col > 0 5265 && ( 5266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5267 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 5268 #else 5269 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 5270 #endif 5271 ))) 5272 prefix = (char_u *)""; 5273 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 5274 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 5275 line + compl_col, compl_length); 5276 } 5277 else if (--startcol < 0 || 5278 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5279 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 5280 #else 5281 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 5282 #endif 5283 ) 5284 { 5285 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 5286 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 5287 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5288 return FAIL; 5289 compl_col += curs_col; 5290 compl_length = 0; 5291 } 5292 else 5293 { 5294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5295 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 5296 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 5297 if (has_mbyte) 5298 { 5299 int base_class; 5300 int head_off; 5301 5302 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5303 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 5304 while (--startcol >= 0) 5305 { 5306 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5307 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 5308 - head_off)) 5309 break; 5310 startcol -= head_off; 5311 } 5312 } 5313 else 5314 #endif 5315 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 5316 ; 5317 compl_col += ++startcol; 5318 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5319 if (compl_length == 1) 5320 { 5321 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 5322 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 5323 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 5324 */ 5325 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 5326 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5327 return FAIL; 5328 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5329 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 5330 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 5331 } 5332 else 5333 { 5334 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5335 compl_length) + 2); 5336 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5337 return FAIL; 5338 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5339 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 5340 compl_length); 5341 } 5342 } 5343 } 5344 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5345 { 5346 compl_col = (colnr_T)getwhitecols(line); 5347 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 5348 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 5349 compl_length = 0; 5350 if (p_ic) 5351 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5352 NULL, 0); 5353 else 5354 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5355 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5356 return FAIL; 5357 } 5358 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 5359 { 5360 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ 5361 if (startcol > 0) 5362 { 5363 char_u *p = line + startcol; 5364 5365 MB_PTR_BACK(line, p); 5366 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5367 MB_PTR_BACK(line, p); 5368 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5369 startcol = 0; 5370 else 5371 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; 5372 } 5373 5374 compl_col += startcol; 5375 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5376 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5377 EXPAND_FILES); 5378 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5379 return FAIL; 5380 } 5381 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 5382 { 5383 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 5384 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5385 return FAIL; 5386 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 5387 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col, FALSE); 5388 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 5389 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 5390 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 5391 * "pattern not found" message. */ 5392 compl_col = curs_col; 5393 else 5394 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 5395 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5396 } 5397 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 5398 { 5399 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 5400 /* 5401 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 5402 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 5403 */ 5404 char_u *args[2]; 5405 int col; 5406 char_u *funcname; 5407 pos_T pos; 5408 win_T *curwin_save; 5409 buf_T *curbuf_save; 5410 5411 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 5412 * string */ 5413 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5414 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5415 if (*funcname == NUL) 5416 { 5417 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5418 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5419 /* restore did_ai, so that adding comment leader works */ 5420 did_ai = save_did_ai; 5421 return FAIL; 5422 } 5423 5424 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5425 args[1] = NULL; 5426 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5427 curwin_save = curwin; 5428 curbuf_save = curbuf; 5429 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5430 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 5431 { 5432 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 5433 return FAIL; 5434 } 5435 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5436 validate_cursor(); 5437 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 5438 { 5439 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 5440 return FAIL; 5441 } 5442 5443 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to 5444 * cancel the complete without an error. 5445 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ 5446 if (col == -2) 5447 return FAIL; 5448 if (col == -3) 5449 { 5450 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 5451 edit_submode = NULL; 5452 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5453 msg_clr_cmdline(); 5454 return FAIL; 5455 } 5456 5457 /* 5458 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new 5459 * completion. 5460 */ 5461 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 5462 5463 if (col < 0) 5464 col = curs_col; 5465 compl_col = col; 5466 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5467 compl_col = curs_col; 5468 5469 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5470 * it may have become invalid. */ 5471 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5472 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5473 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5474 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5475 #endif 5476 return FAIL; 5477 } 5478 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5479 { 5480 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5481 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5482 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5483 else 5484 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5485 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5486 { 5487 compl_length = 0; 5488 compl_col = curs_col; 5489 } 5490 else 5491 { 5492 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5493 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5494 } 5495 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5496 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5497 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5498 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5499 #endif 5500 return FAIL; 5501 } 5502 else 5503 { 5504 internal_error("ins_complete()"); 5505 return FAIL; 5506 } 5507 5508 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5509 { 5510 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5511 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5512 { 5513 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5514 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5515 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5516 5517 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5518 #endif 5519 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5520 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5521 ins_eol('\r'); 5522 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5523 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5524 #endif 5525 compl_length = 0; 5526 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5527 } 5528 } 5529 else 5530 { 5531 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5532 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5533 } 5534 5535 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5536 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5537 else 5538 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5539 5540 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix 5541 * the redo buffer. */ 5542 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); 5543 5544 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5545 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5546 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5547 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5548 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5549 { 5550 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5551 compl_pattern = NULL; 5552 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5553 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5554 return FAIL; 5555 } 5556 5557 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5558 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5559 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5560 */ 5561 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5562 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5563 showmode(); 5564 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5565 out_flush(); 5566 } 5567 else if (insert_match && stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5568 return FAIL; 5569 5570 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5571 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5572 5573 /* 5574 * Find next match (and following matches). 5575 */ 5576 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5577 save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol; 5578 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), insert_match, FALSE); 5579 5580 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5581 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5582 5583 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5584 compl_matches = n; 5585 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5586 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5587 5588 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5589 * mode. */ 5590 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5591 { 5592 (void)vgetc(); 5593 got_int = FALSE; 5594 } 5595 5596 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5597 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5598 { 5599 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5600 && compl_length > 1 5601 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5602 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5603 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5604 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5605 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5606 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5607 if ( compl_length > 1 5608 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5609 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5610 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5611 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5612 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5613 } 5614 5615 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5616 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5617 else 5618 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5619 5620 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5621 { 5622 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5623 { 5624 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5625 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5626 } 5627 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5628 { 5629 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5630 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5631 } 5632 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5633 { 5634 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5635 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5636 } 5637 else 5638 { 5639 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5640 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5641 { 5642 int number = 0; 5643 compl_T *match; 5644 5645 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5646 { 5647 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5648 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5649 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5650 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5651 && match != compl_first_match; 5652 match = match->cp_prev) 5653 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5654 { 5655 number = match->cp_number; 5656 break; 5657 } 5658 if (match != NULL) 5659 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5660 * yet */ 5661 for (match = match->cp_next; 5662 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5663 match = match->cp_next) 5664 match->cp_number = ++number; 5665 } 5666 else /* BACKWARD */ 5667 { 5668 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5669 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5670 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5671 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5672 && match != compl_first_match; 5673 match = match->cp_next) 5674 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5675 { 5676 number = match->cp_number; 5677 break; 5678 } 5679 if (match != NULL) 5680 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5681 * assigned yet */ 5682 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5683 && match->cp_number == -1; 5684 match = match->cp_prev) 5685 match->cp_number = ++number; 5686 } 5687 } 5688 5689 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5690 * just a safety check. */ 5691 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5692 { 5693 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5694 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5695 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5696 5697 if (compl_matches > 0) 5698 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5699 _("match %d of %d"), 5700 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5701 else 5702 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5703 _("match %d"), 5704 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5705 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5706 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5707 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 5708 curs_columns(FALSE); 5709 } 5710 } 5711 } 5712 5713 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5714 showmode(); 5715 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5716 { 5717 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5718 { 5719 if (!p_smd) 5720 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5721 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5722 ? HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5723 } 5724 else 5725 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5726 } 5727 5728 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5729 if (enable_pum && !compl_interrupted) 5730 show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol); 5731 5732 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5733 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5734 5735 return OK; 5736 } 5737 5738 static void 5739 show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol) 5740 { 5741 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5742 int n = RedrawingDisabled; 5743 5744 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5745 5746 /* If the cursor moved or the display scrolled we need to remove the pum 5747 * first. */ 5748 setcursor(); 5749 if (prev_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow || prev_w_leftcol != curwin->w_leftcol) 5750 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5751 5752 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5753 setcursor(); 5754 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5755 } 5756 5757 /* 5758 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5759 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5760 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5761 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5762 */ 5763 static unsigned 5764 quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len) 5765 { 5766 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5767 5768 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5769 { 5770 switch (*src) 5771 { 5772 case '.': 5773 case '*': 5774 case '[': 5775 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5776 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5777 break; 5778 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5779 case '~': 5780 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5781 break; 5782 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5783 case '\\': 5784 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5785 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5786 break; 5787 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5788 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5789 case '$': 5790 m++; 5791 if (dest != NULL) 5792 *dest++ = '\\'; 5793 break; 5794 } 5795 if (dest != NULL) 5796 *dest++ = *src; 5797 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5798 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5799 if (has_mbyte) 5800 { 5801 int i, mb_len; 5802 5803 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5804 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5805 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5806 { 5807 --len; 5808 ++src; 5809 if (dest != NULL) 5810 *dest++ = *src; 5811 } 5812 } 5813 # endif 5814 } 5815 if (dest != NULL) 5816 *dest = NUL; 5817 5818 return m; 5819 } 5820 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5821 5822 /* 5823 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5824 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5825 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5826 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5827 */ 5828 int 5829 get_literal(void) 5830 { 5831 int cc; 5832 int nc; 5833 int i; 5834 int hex = FALSE; 5835 int octal = FALSE; 5836 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5837 int unicode = 0; 5838 #endif 5839 5840 if (got_int) 5841 return Ctrl_C; 5842 5843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5844 /* 5845 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5846 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5847 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5848 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5849 */ 5850 if (gui.in_use) 5851 ++allow_keys; 5852 #endif 5853 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5854 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5855 #endif 5856 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5857 cc = 0; 5858 i = 0; 5859 for (;;) 5860 { 5861 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5862 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5863 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5864 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5865 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5866 # endif 5867 ) 5868 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5869 #endif 5870 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5871 hex = TRUE; 5872 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5873 octal = TRUE; 5874 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5875 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5876 unicode = nc; 5877 #endif 5878 else 5879 { 5880 if (hex 5881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5882 || unicode != 0 5883 #endif 5884 ) 5885 { 5886 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5887 break; 5888 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5889 } 5890 else if (octal) 5891 { 5892 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5893 break; 5894 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5895 } 5896 else 5897 { 5898 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5899 break; 5900 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5901 } 5902 5903 ++i; 5904 } 5905 5906 if (cc > 255 5907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5908 && unicode == 0 5909 #endif 5910 ) 5911 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5912 nc = 0; 5913 5914 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5915 { 5916 if (i >= 2) 5917 break; 5918 } 5919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5920 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5921 { 5922 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5923 break; 5924 } 5925 #endif 5926 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5927 break; 5928 } 5929 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5930 { 5931 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5932 { 5933 cc = '\n'; 5934 nc = 0; 5935 } 5936 else 5937 { 5938 cc = nc; 5939 nc = 0; 5940 } 5941 } 5942 5943 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5944 cc = '\n'; 5945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5946 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5947 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5948 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5949 #endif 5950 5951 --no_mapping; 5952 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5953 if (gui.in_use) 5954 --allow_keys; 5955 #endif 5956 if (nc) 5957 vungetc(nc); 5958 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5959 return cc; 5960 } 5961 5962 /* 5963 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5964 */ 5965 static void 5966 insert_special( 5967 int c, 5968 int allow_modmask, 5969 int ctrlv) /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5970 { 5971 char_u *p; 5972 int len; 5973 5974 /* 5975 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5976 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5977 * mode. 5978 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5979 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5980 */ 5981 #ifdef MACOS_X 5982 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5983 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5984 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5985 #endif 5986 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5987 { 5988 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5989 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5990 c = p[len - 1]; 5991 if (len > 2) 5992 { 5993 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5994 return; 5995 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5996 ins_str(p); 5997 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5998 ctrlv = FALSE; 5999 } 6000 } 6001 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 6002 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 6003 } 6004 6005 /* 6006 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 6007 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 6008 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 6009 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 6010 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 6011 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 6012 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 6013 */ 6014 #ifdef EBCDIC 6015 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 6016 #else 6017 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 6018 #endif 6019 6020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6021 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (VIM_ISWHITE(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 6022 #else 6023 # define WHITECHAR(cc) VIM_ISWHITE(cc) 6024 #endif 6025 6026 /* 6027 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting 6028 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V 6029 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' 6030 * 6031 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, 6032 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: 6033 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments 6034 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent 6035 */ 6036 void 6037 insertchar( 6038 int c, /* character to insert or NUL */ 6039 int flags, /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 6040 int second_indent) /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 6041 { 6042 int textwidth; 6043 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6044 char_u *p; 6045 #endif 6046 int fo_ins_blank; 6047 int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT; 6048 6049 textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format); 6050 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6051 6052 /* 6053 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 6054 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 6055 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 6056 * ends in white space. 6057 * - Otherwise: 6058 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 6059 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 6060 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 6061 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 6062 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 6063 * before the insert. 6064 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 6065 * before 'textwidth' 6066 */ 6067 if (textwidth > 0 6068 && (force_format 6069 || (!VIM_ISWHITE(c) 6070 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 6071 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6072 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6073 #endif 6074 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 6075 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6076 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 6077 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6078 && (!fo_ins_blank 6079 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 6080 )))))) 6081 { 6082 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 6083 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 6084 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 6085 int do_internal = TRUE; 6086 colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6087 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6088 6089 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0 6090 && (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) 6091 { 6092 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 6093 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 6094 * was called. */ 6095 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 6096 } 6097 if (do_internal) 6098 #endif 6099 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 6100 } 6101 6102 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 6103 return; 6104 6105 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6106 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 6107 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 6108 { 6109 char_u *line; 6110 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 6111 int middle_len, end_len; 6112 int i; 6113 6114 /* 6115 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 6116 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 6117 */ 6118 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); 6119 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 6120 { 6121 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 6122 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 6123 ++p; 6124 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6125 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 6126 while (middle_len > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 6127 --middle_len; 6128 6129 /* Find the end-comment string */ 6130 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 6131 ++p; 6132 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6133 6134 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 6135 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6136 while (--i >= 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(line[i])) 6137 ; 6138 i++; 6139 6140 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 6141 i -= middle_len; 6142 6143 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 6144 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 6145 { 6146 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 6147 backspace_until_column(i); 6148 6149 /* 6150 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 6151 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 6152 */ 6153 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 6154 } 6155 } 6156 } 6157 end_comment_pending = NUL; 6158 #endif 6159 6160 did_ai = FALSE; 6161 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6162 did_si = FALSE; 6163 can_si = FALSE; 6164 can_si_back = FALSE; 6165 #endif 6166 6167 /* 6168 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 6169 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 6170 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 6171 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 6172 * 'paste' is set).. 6173 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, 6174 * because we need to fire the event for every character. 6175 */ 6176 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 6177 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 6178 #endif 6179 6180 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 6181 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6182 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 6183 #endif 6184 && vpeekc() != NUL 6185 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 6186 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6187 && !cindent_on() 6188 #endif 6189 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6190 && !p_ri 6191 #endif 6192 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6193 && !has_insertcharpre() 6194 #endif 6195 ) 6196 { 6197 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 6198 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 6199 int i; 6200 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 6201 6202 buf[0] = c; 6203 i = 1; 6204 if (textwidth > 0) 6205 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 6206 /* 6207 * Stop the string when: 6208 * - no more chars available 6209 * - finding a special character (command key) 6210 * - buffer is full 6211 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 6212 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 6213 */ 6214 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 6215 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 6216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6217 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 6218 #endif 6219 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 6220 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 6221 && !(p_fkmap && KeyTyped) /* Farsi mode mapping moves cursor */ 6222 # endif 6223 && (textwidth == 0 6224 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 6225 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 6226 { 6227 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6228 c = vgetc(); 6229 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 6230 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 6231 buf[i++] = c; 6232 #else 6233 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 6234 #endif 6235 } 6236 6237 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 6238 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 6239 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 6240 #endif 6241 buf[i] = NUL; 6242 ins_str(buf); 6243 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6244 { 6245 redo_literal(*buf); 6246 i = 1; 6247 } 6248 else 6249 i = 0; 6250 if (buf[i] != NUL) 6251 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 6252 } 6253 else 6254 { 6255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6256 int cc; 6257 6258 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 6259 { 6260 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6261 6262 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 6263 buf[cc] = NUL; 6264 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 6265 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6266 } 6267 else 6268 #endif 6269 { 6270 ins_char(c); 6271 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6272 redo_literal(c); 6273 else 6274 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6275 } 6276 } 6277 } 6278 6279 /* 6280 * Format text at the current insert position. 6281 * 6282 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent 6283 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). 6284 */ 6285 static void 6286 internal_format( 6287 int textwidth, 6288 int second_indent, 6289 int flags, 6290 int format_only, 6291 int c) /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 6292 { 6293 int cc; 6294 int save_char = NUL; 6295 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 6296 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6298 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 6299 #endif 6300 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 6301 int first_line = TRUE; 6302 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6303 colnr_T leader_len; 6304 int no_leader = FALSE; 6305 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 6306 #endif 6307 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6308 int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr; 6309 6310 /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */ 6311 curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE; 6312 #endif 6313 6314 /* 6315 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 6316 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 6317 */ 6318 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 6319 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6320 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6321 #endif 6322 ) 6323 { 6324 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6325 if (VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 6326 { 6327 save_char = cc; 6328 pchar_cursor('x'); 6329 } 6330 } 6331 6332 /* 6333 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 6334 */ 6335 while (!got_int) 6336 { 6337 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 6338 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 6339 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 6340 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 6341 colnr_T len; 6342 colnr_T virtcol; 6343 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6344 int orig_col = 0; 6345 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 6346 #endif 6347 colnr_T col; 6348 colnr_T end_col; 6349 6350 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6351 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6352 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6353 break; 6354 6355 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6356 if (no_leader) 6357 do_comments = FALSE; 6358 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6359 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 6360 do_comments = TRUE; 6361 6362 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6363 if (do_comments) 6364 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); 6365 else 6366 leader_len = 0; 6367 6368 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 6369 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 6370 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 6371 * to start with %. */ 6372 if (leader_len == 0) 6373 no_leader = TRUE; 6374 #endif 6375 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6376 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6377 && leader_len == 0 6378 #endif 6379 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 6380 6381 break; 6382 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 6383 break; 6384 6385 /* find column of textwidth border */ 6386 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 6387 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6388 6389 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6390 foundcol = 0; 6391 6392 /* 6393 * Find position to break at. 6394 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 6395 */ 6396 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 6397 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6398 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6399 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 6400 { 6401 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 6402 cc = c; 6403 else 6404 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6405 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6406 { 6407 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 6408 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6409 6410 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 6411 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6412 { 6413 dec_cursor(); 6414 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6415 } 6416 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6417 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 6418 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6419 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6420 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6421 break; 6422 #endif 6423 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6424 { 6425 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 6426 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6427 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 6428 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6429 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 6430 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 6431 break; 6432 #endif 6433 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6434 dec_cursor(); 6435 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6436 6437 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6438 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 6439 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6440 } 6441 6442 inc_cursor(); 6443 6444 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 6445 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6446 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6447 break; 6448 } 6449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6450 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 6451 { 6452 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 6453 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 6454 { 6455 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6456 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6457 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6458 break; 6459 #endif 6460 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6461 inc_cursor(); 6462 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 6463 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 6464 { 6465 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6466 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6467 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6468 break; 6469 } 6470 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6471 } 6472 6473 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6474 break; 6475 6476 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6477 6478 dec_cursor(); 6479 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6480 6481 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6482 continue; /* break with space */ 6483 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6484 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6485 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6486 break; 6487 #endif 6488 6489 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6490 6491 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6492 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6493 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6494 break; 6495 } 6496 #endif 6497 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6498 break; 6499 dec_cursor(); 6500 } 6501 6502 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6503 { 6504 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6505 break; 6506 } 6507 6508 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6509 undisplay_dollar(); 6510 6511 /* 6512 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6513 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6514 * over the text instead. 6515 */ 6516 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6517 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6518 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6519 else 6520 #endif 6521 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6522 6523 /* 6524 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6525 * characters that will remain on top line 6526 */ 6527 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6528 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6529 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6530 inc_cursor(); 6531 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6532 if (startcol < 0) 6533 startcol = 0; 6534 6535 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6536 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6537 { 6538 /* 6539 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6540 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6541 */ 6542 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6543 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6544 if (saved_text == NULL) 6545 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6546 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6547 6548 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6549 if (!fo_white_par) 6550 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6551 } 6552 else 6553 #endif 6554 { 6555 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6556 if (!fo_white_par) 6557 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6558 } 6559 6560 /* 6561 * Split the line just before the margin. 6562 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6563 */ 6564 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6565 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6566 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6567 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6568 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) 6569 #endif 6570 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); 6571 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6572 old_indent = 0; 6573 6574 replace_offset = 0; 6575 if (first_line) 6576 { 6577 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6578 { 6579 /* 6580 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not 6581 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST 6582 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen 6583 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will 6584 * recognize comments if needed... 6585 */ 6586 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6587 second_indent = 6588 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); 6589 if (second_indent >= 0) 6590 { 6591 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6592 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6593 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, 6594 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6595 else 6596 #endif 6597 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6598 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) 6599 { 6600 int i; 6601 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; 6602 6603 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list 6604 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has 6605 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned 6606 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we 6607 * add the additional whitespace needed after the 6608 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ 6609 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) 6610 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 6611 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); 6612 } 6613 else 6614 { 6615 #endif 6616 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6617 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6618 } 6619 #endif 6620 } 6621 } 6622 first_line = FALSE; 6623 } 6624 6625 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6626 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6627 { 6628 /* 6629 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6630 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6631 */ 6632 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6633 vim_free(saved_text); 6634 } 6635 else 6636 #endif 6637 { 6638 /* 6639 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6640 * may have added or removed indent. 6641 */ 6642 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6643 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6644 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6645 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6646 } 6647 6648 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6649 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6650 can_cindent = TRUE; 6651 #endif 6652 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6653 did_ai = FALSE; 6654 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6655 did_si = FALSE; 6656 can_si = FALSE; 6657 can_si_back = FALSE; 6658 #endif 6659 line_breakcheck(); 6660 } 6661 6662 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6663 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6664 6665 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6666 curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr; 6667 #endif 6668 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6669 { 6670 update_topline(); 6671 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6672 } 6673 } 6674 6675 /* 6676 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6677 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6678 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6679 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6680 * saved here. 6681 */ 6682 void 6683 auto_format( 6684 int trailblank, /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6685 int prev_line) /* may start in previous line */ 6686 { 6687 pos_T pos; 6688 colnr_T len; 6689 char_u *old; 6690 char_u *new, *pnew; 6691 int wasatend; 6692 int cc; 6693 6694 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6695 return; 6696 6697 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6698 old = ml_get_curline(); 6699 6700 /* may remove added space */ 6701 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6702 6703 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6704 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6705 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6706 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6707 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6708 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6709 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6710 { 6711 dec_cursor(); 6712 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6713 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6714 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6715 dec_cursor(); 6716 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6717 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6718 { 6719 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6720 return; 6721 } 6722 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6723 } 6724 6725 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6726 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6727 * comments. */ 6728 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6729 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) 6730 return; 6731 #endif 6732 6733 /* 6734 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6735 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6736 * the start of a paragraph. 6737 */ 6738 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6739 { 6740 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6741 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6742 return; 6743 } 6744 6745 /* 6746 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6747 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6748 */ 6749 saved_cursor = pos; 6750 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6751 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6752 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6753 6754 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6755 { 6756 /* "cannot happen" */ 6757 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6758 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6759 } 6760 else 6761 check_cursor_col(); 6762 6763 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6764 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6765 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6766 * formatted. */ 6767 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6768 { 6769 new = ml_get_curline(); 6770 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6771 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6772 { 6773 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6774 pnew[len] = ' '; 6775 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6776 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6777 /* remove the space later */ 6778 did_add_space = TRUE; 6779 } 6780 else 6781 /* may remove added space */ 6782 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6783 } 6784 6785 check_cursor(); 6786 } 6787 6788 /* 6789 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6790 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6791 * position. 6792 */ 6793 static void 6794 check_auto_format( 6795 int end_insert) /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6796 { 6797 int c = ' '; 6798 int cc; 6799 6800 if (did_add_space) 6801 { 6802 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6803 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6804 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6805 did_add_space = FALSE; 6806 else 6807 { 6808 if (!end_insert) 6809 { 6810 inc_cursor(); 6811 c = gchar_cursor(); 6812 dec_cursor(); 6813 } 6814 if (c != NUL) 6815 { 6816 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6817 del_char(FALSE); 6818 did_add_space = FALSE; 6819 } 6820 } 6821 } 6822 } 6823 6824 /* 6825 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6826 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6827 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use curwin->w_width - 'wrapmargin' 6828 * if invalid value, use 0. 6829 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6830 */ 6831 int 6832 comp_textwidth( 6833 int ff) /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6834 { 6835 int textwidth; 6836 6837 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6838 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6839 { 6840 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6841 * things that add to the margin. */ 6842 textwidth = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6843 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6844 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6845 textwidth -= 1; 6846 #endif 6847 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6848 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6849 #endif 6850 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6851 if (signcolumn_on(curwin)) 6852 textwidth -= 1; 6853 #endif 6854 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6855 textwidth -= 8; 6856 } 6857 if (textwidth < 0) 6858 textwidth = 0; 6859 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6860 { 6861 textwidth = curwin->w_width - 1; 6862 if (textwidth > 79) 6863 textwidth = 79; 6864 } 6865 return textwidth; 6866 } 6867 6868 /* 6869 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6870 */ 6871 static void 6872 redo_literal(int c) 6873 { 6874 char_u buf[10]; 6875 6876 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6877 * three digits. */ 6878 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6879 { 6880 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6881 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6882 } 6883 else 6884 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6885 } 6886 6887 /* 6888 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6889 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6890 */ 6891 static void 6892 start_arrow( 6893 pos_T *end_insert_pos) /* can be NULL */ 6894 { 6895 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, TRUE); 6896 } 6897 6898 /* 6899 * Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument. 6900 * Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE. 6901 */ 6902 static void 6903 start_arrow_with_change( 6904 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6905 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6906 { 6907 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change); 6908 if (!end_change) 6909 { 6910 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G); 6911 AppendCharToRedobuff('U'); 6912 } 6913 } 6914 6915 static void 6916 start_arrow_common( 6917 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6918 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6919 { 6920 if (!arrow_used && end_change) /* something has been inserted */ 6921 { 6922 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6923 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); 6924 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6925 } 6926 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6927 check_spell_redraw(); 6928 #endif 6929 } 6930 6931 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6932 /* 6933 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6934 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6935 */ 6936 static void 6937 check_spell_redraw(void) 6938 { 6939 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6940 { 6941 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6942 6943 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6944 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6945 } 6946 } 6947 6948 /* 6949 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6950 * spelled word, if there is one. 6951 */ 6952 static void 6953 spell_back_to_badword(void) 6954 { 6955 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6956 6957 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6958 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6959 start_arrow(&tpos); 6960 } 6961 #endif 6962 6963 /* 6964 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6965 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6966 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6967 */ 6968 int 6969 stop_arrow(void) 6970 { 6971 if (arrow_used) 6972 { 6973 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6974 if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) 6975 /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the 6976 * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */ 6977 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 6978 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6979 6980 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6981 { 6982 arrow_used = FALSE; 6983 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6984 } 6985 6986 ai_col = 0; 6987 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6988 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6989 { 6990 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6991 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6992 } 6993 #endif 6994 ResetRedobuff(); 6995 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6996 new_insert_skip = 2; 6997 } 6998 else if (ins_need_undo) 6999 { 7000 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 7001 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 7002 } 7003 7004 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7005 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 7006 foldOpenCursor(); 7007 #endif 7008 7009 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 7010 } 7011 7012 /* 7013 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 7014 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 7015 * to another window/buffer. 7016 */ 7017 static void 7018 stop_insert( 7019 pos_T *end_insert_pos, 7020 int esc, /* called by ins_esc() */ 7021 int nomove) /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ 7022 { 7023 int cc; 7024 char_u *ptr; 7025 7026 stop_redo_ins(); 7027 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 7028 7029 /* 7030 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 7031 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 7032 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 7033 */ 7034 ptr = get_inserted(); 7035 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 7036 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 7037 { 7038 vim_free(last_insert); 7039 last_insert = ptr; 7040 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 7041 } 7042 else 7043 vim_free(ptr); 7044 7045 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 7046 { 7047 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 7048 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 7049 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 7050 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 7051 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 7052 { 7053 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7054 7055 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 7056 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 7057 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 7058 cc = 'x'; 7059 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 7060 { 7061 dec_cursor(); 7062 cc = gchar_cursor(); 7063 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 7064 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 7065 } 7066 7067 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 7068 7069 if (VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 7070 { 7071 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 7072 inc_cursor(); 7073 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7074 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 7075 * the "coladd". */ 7076 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 7077 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 7078 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 7079 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 7080 #endif 7081 } 7082 } 7083 7084 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 7085 check_auto_format(TRUE); 7086 7087 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 7088 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 7089 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 7090 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 7091 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 7092 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 7093 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 7094 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7095 { 7096 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7097 7098 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 7099 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 7100 for (;;) 7101 { 7102 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 7103 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7104 cc = gchar_cursor(); 7105 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(cc)) 7106 break; 7107 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 7108 break; /* should not happen */ 7109 } 7110 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 7111 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 7112 else 7113 { 7114 /* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */ 7115 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7116 tpos.col++; 7117 if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) 7118 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 7119 } 7120 7121 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 7122 * deleted characters. */ 7123 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 7124 { 7125 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 7126 7127 if (VIsual.col > len) 7128 { 7129 VIsual.col = len; 7130 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7131 VIsual.coladd = 0; 7132 #endif 7133 } 7134 } 7135 } 7136 } 7137 did_ai = FALSE; 7138 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 7139 did_si = FALSE; 7140 can_si = FALSE; 7141 can_si_back = FALSE; 7142 #endif 7143 7144 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 7145 * now in a different buffer. */ 7146 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 7147 { 7148 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 7149 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; 7150 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 7151 } 7152 } 7153 7154 /* 7155 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 7156 * Used for the replace command. 7157 */ 7158 void 7159 set_last_insert(int c) 7160 { 7161 char_u *s; 7162 7163 vim_free(last_insert); 7164 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 7165 if (last_insert != NULL) 7166 { 7167 s = last_insert; 7168 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 7169 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 7170 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 7171 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 7172 *s++ = ESC; 7173 *s++ = NUL; 7174 last_insert_skip = 0; 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 7179 void 7180 free_last_insert(void) 7181 { 7182 vim_free(last_insert); 7183 last_insert = NULL; 7184 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7185 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 7186 compl_orig_text = NULL; 7187 # endif 7188 } 7189 #endif 7190 7191 /* 7192 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 7193 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 7194 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 7195 */ 7196 char_u * 7197 add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s) 7198 { 7199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7200 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7201 int i; 7202 int len; 7203 7204 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 7205 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 7206 { 7207 c = temp[i]; 7208 #endif 7209 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 7210 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 7211 { 7212 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 7213 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 7214 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 7215 } 7216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7217 else if (c == CSI) 7218 { 7219 *s++ = CSI; 7220 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 7221 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 7222 } 7223 #endif 7224 else 7225 *s++ = c; 7226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7227 } 7228 #endif 7229 return s; 7230 } 7231 7232 /* 7233 * move cursor to start of line 7234 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 7235 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 7236 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 7237 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 7238 */ 7239 void 7240 beginline(int flags) 7241 { 7242 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 7243 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7244 else 7245 { 7246 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 7247 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7248 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7249 #endif 7250 7251 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 7252 { 7253 char_u *ptr; 7254 7255 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); VIM_ISWHITE(*ptr) 7256 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 7257 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 7258 } 7259 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7260 } 7261 } 7262 7263 /* 7264 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 7265 * 7266 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 7267 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 7268 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 7269 */ 7270 7271 int 7272 oneright(void) 7273 { 7274 char_u *ptr; 7275 int l; 7276 7277 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7278 if (virtual_active()) 7279 { 7280 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7281 7282 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 7283 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7284 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7285 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7286 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7287 # else 7288 *ptr 7289 # endif 7290 )) 7291 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 7292 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7293 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 7294 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 7295 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 7296 } 7297 #endif 7298 7299 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7300 if (*ptr == NUL) 7301 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 7302 7303 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7304 if (has_mbyte) 7305 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7306 else 7307 #endif 7308 l = 1; 7309 7310 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 7311 * contains "onemore". */ 7312 if (ptr[l] == NUL 7313 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7314 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 7315 #endif 7316 ) 7317 return FAIL; 7318 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 7319 7320 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7321 return OK; 7322 } 7323 7324 int 7325 oneleft(void) 7326 { 7327 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7328 if (virtual_active()) 7329 { 7330 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7331 int width; 7332 # endif 7333 int v = getviscol(); 7334 7335 if (v == 0) 7336 return FAIL; 7337 7338 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7339 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 7340 width = 1; 7341 for (;;) 7342 { 7343 coladvance(v - width); 7344 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty, 7345 * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte 7346 * characters */ 7347 if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri 7348 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7349 && !has_mbyte 7350 # endif 7351 ) || getviscol() < v) 7352 break; 7353 ++width; 7354 } 7355 # else 7356 coladvance(v - 1); 7357 # endif 7358 7359 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 7360 { 7361 char_u *ptr; 7362 7363 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 7364 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7365 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7366 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7367 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7368 # else 7369 *ptr 7370 # endif 7371 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 7372 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7373 } 7374 7375 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7376 return OK; 7377 } 7378 #endif 7379 7380 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 7381 return FAIL; 7382 7383 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7384 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7385 7386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7387 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 7388 * character, move to its first byte */ 7389 if (has_mbyte) 7390 mb_adjust_cursor(); 7391 #endif 7392 return OK; 7393 } 7394 7395 int 7396 cursor_up( 7397 long n, 7398 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7399 { 7400 linenr_T lnum; 7401 7402 if (n > 0) 7403 { 7404 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7405 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 7406 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7407 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7408 return FAIL; 7409 if (n >= lnum) 7410 lnum = 1; 7411 else 7412 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7413 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7414 { 7415 /* 7416 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 7417 */ 7418 /* go to the start of the current fold */ 7419 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7420 7421 while (n--) 7422 { 7423 /* move up one line */ 7424 --lnum; 7425 if (lnum <= 1) 7426 break; 7427 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 7428 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 7429 * in a moment. */ 7430 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 7431 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7432 } 7433 if (lnum < 1) 7434 lnum = 1; 7435 } 7436 else 7437 #endif 7438 lnum -= n; 7439 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7440 } 7441 7442 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7443 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7444 7445 if (upd_topline) 7446 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7447 7448 return OK; 7449 } 7450 7451 /* 7452 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 7453 */ 7454 int 7455 cursor_down( 7456 long n, 7457 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7458 { 7459 linenr_T lnum; 7460 7461 if (n > 0) 7462 { 7463 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7464 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7465 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 7466 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 7467 #endif 7468 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 7469 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7470 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7471 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7472 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7473 return FAIL; 7474 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7475 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7476 else 7477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7478 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7479 { 7480 linenr_T last; 7481 7482 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 7483 while (n--) 7484 { 7485 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 7486 lnum = last + 1; 7487 else 7488 ++lnum; 7489 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7490 break; 7491 } 7492 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7493 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7494 } 7495 else 7496 #endif 7497 lnum += n; 7498 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7499 } 7500 7501 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7502 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7503 7504 if (upd_topline) 7505 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7506 7507 return OK; 7508 } 7509 7510 /* 7511 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 7512 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 7513 * first have to remove the command. 7514 */ 7515 int 7516 stuff_inserted( 7517 int c, /* Command character to be inserted */ 7518 long count, /* Repeat this many times */ 7519 int no_esc) /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 7520 { 7521 char_u *esc_ptr; 7522 char_u *ptr; 7523 char_u *last_ptr; 7524 char_u last = NUL; 7525 7526 ptr = get_last_insert(); 7527 if (ptr == NULL) 7528 { 7529 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 7530 return FAIL; 7531 } 7532 7533 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 7534 if (c != NUL) 7535 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 7536 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 7537 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 7538 7539 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 7540 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 7541 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 7542 */ 7543 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 7544 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 7545 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 7546 { 7547 last = *last_ptr; 7548 *last_ptr = NUL; 7549 } 7550 7551 do 7552 { 7553 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 7554 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 7555 if (last) 7556 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 7557 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 7558 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7559 } 7560 while (--count > 0); 7561 7562 if (last) 7563 *last_ptr = last; 7564 7565 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7566 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7567 7568 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7569 if (!no_esc) 7570 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7571 7572 return OK; 7573 } 7574 7575 char_u * 7576 get_last_insert(void) 7577 { 7578 if (last_insert == NULL) 7579 return NULL; 7580 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7581 } 7582 7583 /* 7584 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7585 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7586 */ 7587 char_u * 7588 get_last_insert_save(void) 7589 { 7590 char_u *s; 7591 int len; 7592 7593 if (last_insert == NULL) 7594 return NULL; 7595 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7596 if (s != NULL) 7597 { 7598 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7599 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7600 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7601 } 7602 return s; 7603 } 7604 7605 /* 7606 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7607 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7608 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7609 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7610 */ 7611 static int 7612 echeck_abbr(int c) 7613 { 7614 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7615 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7616 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7617 return FALSE; 7618 7619 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7620 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7621 } 7622 7623 /* 7624 * replace-stack functions 7625 * 7626 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7627 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7628 * 7629 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7630 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7631 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7632 * 7633 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7634 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7635 * that were deleted (always white space). 7636 * 7637 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7638 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7639 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7640 */ 7641 7642 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7643 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7644 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7645 7646 void 7647 replace_push( 7648 int c) /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7649 { 7650 char_u *p; 7651 7652 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7653 return; 7654 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7655 { 7656 replace_stack_len += 50; 7657 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7658 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7659 { 7660 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7661 return; 7662 } 7663 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7664 { 7665 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7666 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7667 vim_free(replace_stack); 7668 } 7669 replace_stack = p; 7670 } 7671 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7672 if (replace_offset) 7673 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7674 *p = c; 7675 ++replace_stack_nr; 7676 } 7677 7678 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7679 /* 7680 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7681 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7682 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7683 */ 7684 int 7685 replace_push_mb(char_u *p) 7686 { 7687 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7688 int j; 7689 7690 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7691 replace_push(p[j]); 7692 return l; 7693 } 7694 #endif 7695 7696 /* 7697 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7698 * return -1 if stack empty 7699 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7700 */ 7701 static int 7702 replace_pop(void) 7703 { 7704 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7705 return -1; 7706 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7707 } 7708 7709 /* 7710 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7711 * encountered. 7712 */ 7713 static void 7714 replace_join( 7715 int off) /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7716 { 7717 int i; 7718 7719 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7720 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7721 { 7722 --replace_stack_nr; 7723 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7724 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7725 return; 7726 } 7727 } 7728 7729 /* 7730 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7731 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7732 */ 7733 static void 7734 replace_pop_ins(void) 7735 { 7736 int cc; 7737 int oldState = State; 7738 7739 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7740 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7741 { 7742 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7743 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7744 #else 7745 ins_char(cc); 7746 #endif 7747 dec_cursor(); 7748 } 7749 State = oldState; 7750 } 7751 7752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7753 /* 7754 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7755 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7756 */ 7757 static void 7758 mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc) 7759 { 7760 int n; 7761 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7762 int i; 7763 int c; 7764 7765 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7766 { 7767 buf[0] = cc; 7768 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7769 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7770 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7771 } 7772 else 7773 ins_char(cc); 7774 7775 if (enc_utf8) 7776 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7777 for (;;) 7778 { 7779 c = replace_pop(); 7780 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7781 break; 7782 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7783 { 7784 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7785 replace_push(c); 7786 break; 7787 } 7788 else 7789 { 7790 buf[0] = c; 7791 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7792 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7793 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7794 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7795 else 7796 { 7797 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7798 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7799 replace_push(buf[i]); 7800 break; 7801 } 7802 } 7803 } 7804 } 7805 #endif 7806 7807 /* 7808 * make the replace stack empty 7809 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7810 */ 7811 static void 7812 replace_flush(void) 7813 { 7814 vim_free(replace_stack); 7815 replace_stack = NULL; 7816 replace_stack_len = 0; 7817 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7818 } 7819 7820 /* 7821 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7822 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7823 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7824 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7825 * and check for more characters to be put back 7826 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7827 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7828 */ 7829 static void 7830 replace_do_bs(int limit_col) 7831 { 7832 int cc; 7833 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7834 int orig_len = 0; 7835 int ins_len; 7836 int orig_vcols = 0; 7837 colnr_T start_vcol; 7838 char_u *p; 7839 int i; 7840 int vcol; 7841 #endif 7842 7843 cc = replace_pop(); 7844 if (cc > 0) 7845 { 7846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7847 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7848 { 7849 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7850 * going to delete. */ 7851 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7852 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7853 } 7854 #endif 7855 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7856 if (has_mbyte) 7857 { 7858 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7859 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7860 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7861 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7862 # endif 7863 replace_push(cc); 7864 } 7865 else 7866 #endif 7867 { 7868 pchar_cursor(cc); 7869 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7870 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7871 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7872 #endif 7873 } 7874 replace_pop_ins(); 7875 7876 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7877 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7878 { 7879 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7880 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7881 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7882 vcol = start_vcol; 7883 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7884 { 7885 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7886 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7887 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7888 #endif 7889 } 7890 vcol -= start_vcol; 7891 7892 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7893 * text aligned. */ 7894 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7895 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7896 { 7897 del_char(FALSE); 7898 ++orig_vcols; 7899 } 7900 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7901 } 7902 #endif 7903 7904 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7905 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7906 } 7907 else if (cc == 0) 7908 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7909 } 7910 7911 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7912 /* 7913 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7914 */ 7915 static int 7916 cindent_on(void) 7917 { 7918 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7919 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7920 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7921 # endif 7922 )); 7923 } 7924 #endif 7925 7926 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7927 /* 7928 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7929 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7930 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7931 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7932 */ 7933 7934 void 7935 fixthisline(int (*get_the_indent)(void)) 7936 { 7937 int amount = get_the_indent(); 7938 7939 if (amount >= 0) 7940 { 7941 change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7942 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7943 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7944 } 7945 } 7946 7947 void 7948 fix_indent(void) 7949 { 7950 if (p_paste) 7951 return; 7952 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7953 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7954 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7955 # endif 7956 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7957 else 7958 # endif 7959 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7960 if (cindent_on()) 7961 do_c_expr_indent(); 7962 # endif 7963 } 7964 7965 #endif 7966 7967 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7968 /* 7969 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7970 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7971 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) 7972 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7973 * 7974 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7975 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7976 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7977 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7978 * 7979 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7980 */ 7981 int 7982 in_cinkeys( 7983 int keytyped, 7984 int when, 7985 int line_is_empty) 7986 { 7987 char_u *look; 7988 int try_match; 7989 int try_match_word; 7990 char_u *p; 7991 char_u *line; 7992 int icase; 7993 int i; 7994 7995 if (keytyped == NUL) 7996 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7997 return FALSE; 7998 7999 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8000 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 8001 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 8002 else 8003 #endif 8004 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 8005 while (*look) 8006 { 8007 /* 8008 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 8009 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 8010 */ 8011 switch (when) 8012 { 8013 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 8014 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 8015 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 8016 } 8017 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 8018 ++look; 8019 8020 /* 8021 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 8022 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 8023 */ 8024 if (*look == '0') 8025 { 8026 try_match_word = try_match; 8027 if (!line_is_empty) 8028 try_match = FALSE; 8029 ++look; 8030 } 8031 else 8032 try_match_word = FALSE; 8033 8034 /* 8035 * does it look like a control character? 8036 */ 8037 if (*look == '^' 8038 #ifdef EBCDIC 8039 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 8040 #else 8041 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 8042 #endif 8043 ) 8044 { 8045 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 8046 return TRUE; 8047 look += 2; 8048 } 8049 /* 8050 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 8051 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 8052 */ 8053 else if (*look == 'o') 8054 { 8055 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 8056 return TRUE; 8057 ++look; 8058 } 8059 else if (*look == 'O') 8060 { 8061 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 8062 return TRUE; 8063 ++look; 8064 } 8065 8066 /* 8067 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 8068 * cursor. 8069 */ 8070 else if (*look == 'e') 8071 { 8072 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 8073 { 8074 p = ml_get_curline(); 8075 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 8076 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 8077 return TRUE; 8078 } 8079 ++look; 8080 } 8081 8082 /* 8083 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 8084 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 8085 * class::method for C++). 8086 */ 8087 else if (*look == ':') 8088 { 8089 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 8090 { 8091 p = ml_get_curline(); 8092 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) 8093 return TRUE; 8094 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 8095 p = ml_get_curline(); 8096 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 8097 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 8098 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 8099 { 8100 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 8101 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 8102 || cin_islabel()); 8103 p = ml_get_curline(); 8104 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 8105 if (i) 8106 return TRUE; 8107 } 8108 } 8109 ++look; 8110 } 8111 8112 8113 /* 8114 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 8115 */ 8116 else if (*look == '<') 8117 { 8118 if (try_match) 8119 { 8120 /* 8121 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 8122 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 8123 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 8124 */ 8125 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 8126 && keytyped == look[1]) 8127 return TRUE; 8128 8129 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 8130 return TRUE; 8131 } 8132 while (*look && *look != '>') 8133 look++; 8134 while (*look == '>') 8135 look++; 8136 } 8137 8138 /* 8139 * Is it a word: "=word"? 8140 */ 8141 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 8142 { 8143 ++look; 8144 if (*look == '~') 8145 { 8146 icase = TRUE; 8147 ++look; 8148 } 8149 else 8150 icase = FALSE; 8151 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 8152 if (p == NULL) 8153 p = look + STRLEN(look); 8154 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 8155 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 8156 { 8157 int match = FALSE; 8158 8159 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8160 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 8161 { 8162 char_u *s; 8163 8164 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 8165 * search back for the start of a word. */ 8166 line = ml_get_curline(); 8167 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8168 if (has_mbyte) 8169 { 8170 char_u *n; 8171 8172 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 8173 { 8174 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 8175 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 8176 break; 8177 } 8178 } 8179 else 8180 # endif 8181 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 8182 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 8183 break; 8184 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 8185 && (icase 8186 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 8187 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 8188 match = TRUE; 8189 } 8190 else 8191 #endif 8192 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 8193 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 8194 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 8195 { 8196 line = ml_get_cursor(); 8197 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 8198 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 8199 && (icase 8200 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 8201 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 8202 == 0) 8203 match = TRUE; 8204 } 8205 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 8206 { 8207 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 8208 * word. */ 8209 if (getwhitecols_curline() != 8210 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 8211 match = FALSE; 8212 } 8213 if (match) 8214 return TRUE; 8215 } 8216 look = p; 8217 } 8218 8219 /* 8220 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 8221 */ 8222 else 8223 { 8224 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 8225 return TRUE; 8226 if (*look != NUL) 8227 ++look; 8228 } 8229 8230 /* 8231 * Skip over ", ". 8232 */ 8233 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 8234 } 8235 return FALSE; 8236 } 8237 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 8238 8239 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 8240 /* 8241 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 8242 */ 8243 int 8244 hkmap(int c) 8245 { 8246 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 8247 { 8248 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 8249 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 8250 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 8251 static char_u map[26] = 8252 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 8253 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 8254 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 8255 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 8256 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 8257 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 8258 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 8259 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 8260 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 8261 8262 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 8263 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 8264 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 8265 else if (c == 'x') 8266 return 'X'; 8267 else if (c == 'q') 8268 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 8269 else if (c == 246) 8270 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 8271 else if (c == 228) 8272 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8273 else if (c == 252) 8274 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8275 #ifdef EBCDIC 8276 else if (islower(c)) 8277 #else 8278 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 8279 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 8280 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 8281 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 8282 */ 8283 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 8284 #endif 8285 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 8286 else 8287 return c; 8288 } 8289 else 8290 { 8291 switch (c) 8292 { 8293 case '`': return ';'; 8294 case '/': return '.'; 8295 case '\'': return ','; 8296 case 'q': return '/'; 8297 case 'w': return '\''; 8298 8299 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 8300 case ',': c = '{'; break; 8301 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 8302 case ';': c = 't'; break; 8303 default: { 8304 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 8305 8306 #ifdef EBCDIC 8307 /* see note about islower() above */ 8308 if (!islower(c)) 8309 #else 8310 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 8311 #endif 8312 return c; 8313 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 8314 break; 8315 } 8316 } 8317 8318 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 8319 } 8320 } 8321 #endif 8322 8323 static void 8324 ins_reg(void) 8325 { 8326 int need_redraw = FALSE; 8327 int regname; 8328 int literally = 0; 8329 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 8330 8331 /* 8332 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 8333 */ 8334 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 8335 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 8336 { 8337 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 8338 ins_redraw(FALSE); 8339 8340 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 8341 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8342 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 8343 #endif 8344 } 8345 8346 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 8347 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 8348 #endif 8349 8350 /* 8351 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 8352 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8353 */ 8354 ++no_mapping; 8355 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8356 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8357 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 8358 { 8359 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 8360 literally = regname; 8361 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8362 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 8363 #endif 8364 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8365 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8366 } 8367 --no_mapping; 8368 8369 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8370 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error 8371 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ 8372 ++no_u_sync; 8373 if (regname == '=') 8374 { 8375 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8376 int im_on = im_get_status(); 8377 # endif 8378 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or 8379 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ 8380 u_sync_once = 2; 8381 8382 regname = get_expr_register(); 8383 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8384 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 8385 if (im_on) 8386 im_set_active(TRUE); 8387 # endif 8388 } 8389 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 8390 { 8391 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8392 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8393 } 8394 else 8395 { 8396 #endif 8397 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 8398 { 8399 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 8400 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 8401 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 8402 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 8403 8404 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 8405 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 8406 } 8407 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 8408 { 8409 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8410 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8411 } 8412 else if (stop_insert_mode) 8413 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 8414 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 8415 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 8416 need_redraw = TRUE; 8417 8418 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8419 } 8420 --no_u_sync; 8421 if (u_sync_once == 1) 8422 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8423 u_sync_once = 0; 8424 #endif 8425 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8426 clear_showcmd(); 8427 #endif 8428 8429 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 8430 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 8431 edit_unputchar(); 8432 8433 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 8434 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 8435 end_visual_mode(); 8436 } 8437 8438 /* 8439 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 8440 */ 8441 static void 8442 ins_ctrl_g(void) 8443 { 8444 int c; 8445 8446 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8447 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 8448 setcursor(); 8449 #endif 8450 8451 /* 8452 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 8453 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8454 */ 8455 ++no_mapping; 8456 c = plain_vgetc(); 8457 --no_mapping; 8458 switch (c) 8459 { 8460 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 8461 case K_UP: 8462 case Ctrl_K: 8463 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 8464 break; 8465 8466 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 8467 case K_DOWN: 8468 case Ctrl_J: 8469 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 8470 break; 8471 8472 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 8473 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 8474 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8475 8476 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 8477 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 8478 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 8479 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 8480 break; 8481 8482 /* CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char */ 8483 case 'U': 8484 /* Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char, 8485 * without breaking undo. */ 8486 dont_sync_undo = MAYBE; 8487 break; 8488 8489 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 8490 default: vim_beep(BO_CTRLG); 8491 } 8492 } 8493 8494 /* 8495 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 8496 */ 8497 static void 8498 ins_ctrl_hat(void) 8499 { 8500 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 8501 { 8502 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 8503 if (State & LANGMAP) 8504 { 8505 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8506 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8507 } 8508 else 8509 { 8510 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 8511 State |= LANGMAP; 8512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8513 im_set_active(FALSE); 8514 #endif 8515 } 8516 } 8517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8518 else 8519 { 8520 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 8521 if (im_get_status()) 8522 { 8523 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8524 im_set_active(FALSE); 8525 } 8526 else 8527 { 8528 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 8529 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8530 im_set_active(TRUE); 8531 } 8532 } 8533 #endif 8534 set_iminsert_global(); 8535 showmode(); 8536 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8537 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 8538 if (gui.in_use) 8539 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 8540 #endif 8541 #if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 8542 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 8543 status_redraw_curbuf(); 8544 #endif 8545 } 8546 8547 /* 8548 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 8549 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 8550 * insert. 8551 */ 8552 static int 8553 ins_esc( 8554 long *count, 8555 int cmdchar, 8556 int nomove) /* don't move cursor */ 8557 { 8558 int temp; 8559 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8560 8561 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 8562 check_spell_redraw(); 8563 #endif 8564 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 8565 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8566 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8567 # endif 8568 if (composing_hangul) 8569 { 8570 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8571 composing_hangul = 0; 8572 } 8573 #endif 8574 8575 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8576 if (disabled_redraw) 8577 { 8578 --RedrawingDisabled; 8579 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8580 } 8581 if (!arrow_used) 8582 { 8583 /* 8584 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8585 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8586 * when "count" is non-zero. 8587 */ 8588 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8589 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8590 8591 /* 8592 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8593 * interrupt now and then. 8594 */ 8595 if (*count > 0) 8596 { 8597 line_breakcheck(); 8598 if (got_int) 8599 *count = 0; 8600 } 8601 8602 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8603 { 8604 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8605 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8606 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8607 8608 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8609 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8610 stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8611 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8612 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8613 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8614 } 8615 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); 8616 undisplay_dollar(); 8617 } 8618 8619 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8620 * indent */ 8621 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8622 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8623 8624 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8625 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8626 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8627 8628 /* 8629 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8630 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8631 */ 8632 if (!nomove 8633 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8634 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8635 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8636 #endif 8637 ) 8638 && (restart_edit == NUL 8639 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active)) 8640 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8641 && !revins_on 8642 #endif 8643 ) 8644 { 8645 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8646 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8647 { 8648 oneleft(); 8649 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8650 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8651 } 8652 else 8653 #endif 8654 { 8655 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8657 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8658 if (has_mbyte) 8659 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8660 #endif 8661 } 8662 } 8663 8664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8665 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8666 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8667 * well). */ 8668 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8669 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8670 im_set_active(FALSE); 8671 #endif 8672 8673 State = NORMAL; 8674 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8675 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8676 8677 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8678 setmouse(); 8679 #endif 8680 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8681 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8682 #endif 8683 if (!p_ek) 8684 /* Re-enable bracketed paste mode. */ 8685 out_str(T_BE); 8686 8687 /* 8688 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8689 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8690 */ 8691 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8692 showmode(); 8693 else if (p_smd) 8694 MSG(""); 8695 8696 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8697 } 8698 8699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8700 /* 8701 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8702 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8703 */ 8704 static void 8705 ins_ctrl_(void) 8706 { 8707 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8708 { 8709 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8710 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8711 } 8712 p_ri = !p_ri; 8713 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8714 if (revins_on) 8715 { 8716 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8717 revins_legal++; 8718 revins_chars = 0; 8719 undisplay_dollar(); 8720 } 8721 else 8722 revins_scol = -1; 8723 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8724 if (p_altkeymap) 8725 { 8726 /* 8727 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8728 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8729 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8730 */ 8731 arrow_used = TRUE; 8732 (void)stop_arrow(); 8733 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8734 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8735 State = INSERT; 8736 } 8737 else 8738 #endif 8739 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8740 showmode(); 8741 } 8742 #endif 8743 8744 /* 8745 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8746 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8747 */ 8748 static int 8749 ins_start_select(int c) 8750 { 8751 if (km_startsel) 8752 switch (c) 8753 { 8754 case K_KHOME: 8755 case K_KEND: 8756 case K_PAGEUP: 8757 case K_KPAGEUP: 8758 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8759 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8760 # ifdef MACOS_X 8761 case K_LEFT: 8762 case K_RIGHT: 8763 case K_UP: 8764 case K_DOWN: 8765 case K_END: 8766 case K_HOME: 8767 # endif 8768 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8769 break; 8770 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8771 case K_S_LEFT: 8772 case K_S_RIGHT: 8773 case K_S_UP: 8774 case K_S_DOWN: 8775 case K_S_END: 8776 case K_S_HOME: 8777 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8778 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8779 start_selection(); 8780 8781 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8782 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8783 if (mod_mask) 8784 { 8785 char_u buf[4]; 8786 8787 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8788 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8789 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8790 buf[3] = NUL; 8791 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8792 } 8793 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8794 return TRUE; 8795 } 8796 return FALSE; 8797 } 8798 8799 /* 8800 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. 8801 */ 8802 static void 8803 ins_insert(int replaceState) 8804 { 8805 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8806 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8807 { 8808 beep_flush(); 8809 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8810 return; 8811 } 8812 #endif 8813 8814 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8815 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8816 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8817 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8818 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8819 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8820 # endif 8821 "r"), 1); 8822 # endif 8823 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8824 #endif 8825 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8826 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8827 else 8828 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8829 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8830 showmode(); 8831 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8832 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8833 #endif 8834 } 8835 8836 /* 8837 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8838 */ 8839 static void 8840 ins_ctrl_o(void) 8841 { 8842 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8843 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8844 restart_edit = 'V'; 8845 else 8846 #endif 8847 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8848 restart_edit = 'R'; 8849 else 8850 restart_edit = 'I'; 8851 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8852 if (virtual_active()) 8853 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8854 else 8855 #endif 8856 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8857 } 8858 8859 /* 8860 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8861 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8862 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8863 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8864 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8865 */ 8866 static void 8867 ins_shift(int c, int lastc) 8868 { 8869 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8870 return; 8871 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8872 8873 /* 8874 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8875 */ 8876 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8877 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8878 { 8879 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8880 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8881 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8882 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8883 replace_pop_ins(); 8884 if (lastc == '^') 8885 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8886 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8887 } 8888 else 8889 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8890 8891 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8892 did_ai = FALSE; 8893 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8894 did_si = FALSE; 8895 can_si = FALSE; 8896 can_si_back = FALSE; 8897 #endif 8898 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8899 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8900 #endif 8901 } 8902 8903 static void 8904 ins_del(void) 8905 { 8906 int temp; 8907 8908 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8909 return; 8910 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8911 { 8912 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8913 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8914 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 8915 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8916 else 8917 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8918 } 8919 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8920 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8921 did_ai = FALSE; 8922 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8923 did_si = FALSE; 8924 can_si = FALSE; 8925 can_si_back = FALSE; 8926 #endif 8927 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8928 } 8929 8930 static void ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp); 8931 8932 /* 8933 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8934 */ 8935 static void 8936 ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp) 8937 { 8938 dec_cursor(); 8939 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8940 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8941 { 8942 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8943 * Replace mode */ 8944 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8945 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8946 replace_do_bs(-1); 8947 } 8948 else 8949 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8950 } 8951 8952 /* 8953 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8954 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8955 */ 8956 static int 8957 ins_bs( 8958 int c, 8959 int mode, 8960 int *inserted_space_p) 8961 { 8962 linenr_T lnum; 8963 int cc; 8964 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8965 colnr_T save_col; 8966 colnr_T mincol; 8967 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8968 int in_indent; 8969 int oldState; 8970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8971 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8972 #endif 8973 8974 /* 8975 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8976 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8977 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8978 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8979 */ 8980 if ( BUFEMPTY() 8981 || ( 8982 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8983 !revins_on && 8984 #endif 8985 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8986 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8987 && (arrow_used 8988 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 8989 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col))) 8990 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8991 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8992 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8993 { 8994 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8995 return FALSE; 8996 } 8997 8998 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8999 return FALSE; 9000 in_indent = inindent(0); 9001 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9002 if (in_indent) 9003 can_cindent = FALSE; 9004 #endif 9005 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 9006 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 9007 #endif 9008 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9009 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 9010 inc_cursor(); 9011 #endif 9012 9013 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9014 /* Virtualedit: 9015 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 9016 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 9017 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 9018 */ 9019 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 9020 { 9021 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9022 { 9023 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 9024 return TRUE; 9025 } 9026 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 9027 { 9028 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9029 return TRUE; 9030 } 9031 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9032 } 9033 #endif 9034 9035 /* 9036 * Delete newline! 9037 */ 9038 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 9039 { 9040 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 9041 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 9042 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9043 || revins_on 9044 #endif 9045 ) 9046 { 9047 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 9048 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 9049 return FALSE; 9050 --Insstart.lnum; 9051 Insstart.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(Insstart.lnum)); 9052 } 9053 /* 9054 * In replace mode: 9055 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 9056 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 9057 */ 9058 cc = -1; 9059 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9060 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 9061 /* 9062 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 9063 * cursor. 9064 */ 9065 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 9066 { 9067 dec_cursor(); 9068 } 9069 else 9070 { 9071 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9072 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9073 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 9074 #endif 9075 { 9076 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 9077 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9078 9079 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 9080 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 9081 * again when auto-formatting. */ 9082 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 9083 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 9084 { 9085 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 9086 TRUE); 9087 int len; 9088 9089 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 9090 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 9091 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 9092 } 9093 9094 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); 9095 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9096 inc_cursor(); 9097 } 9098 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9099 else 9100 dec_cursor(); 9101 #endif 9102 9103 /* 9104 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 9105 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 9106 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 9107 * characters that NL replaced. 9108 */ 9109 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9110 { 9111 /* 9112 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 9113 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 9114 * avoiding showmatch(). 9115 */ 9116 oldState = State; 9117 State = NORMAL; 9118 /* 9119 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 9120 */ 9121 while (cc > 0) 9122 { 9123 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9125 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 9126 #else 9127 ins_char(cc); 9128 #endif 9129 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9130 cc = replace_pop(); 9131 } 9132 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 9133 replace_pop_ins(); 9134 State = oldState; 9135 } 9136 } 9137 did_ai = FALSE; 9138 } 9139 else 9140 { 9141 /* 9142 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 9143 */ 9144 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9145 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 9146 dec_cursor(); 9147 #endif 9148 mincol = 0; 9149 /* keep indent */ 9150 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 9151 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 9152 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9153 || cindent_on() 9154 #endif 9155 ) 9156 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9157 && !revins_on 9158 #endif 9159 ) 9160 { 9161 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9162 beginline(BL_WHITE); 9163 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 9164 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9165 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9166 } 9167 9168 /* 9169 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 9170 */ 9171 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 9172 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 9173 || (get_sts_value() != 0 9174 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 9175 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 9176 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 9177 && (!*inserted_space_p 9178 || arrow_used)))))) 9179 { 9180 int ts; 9181 colnr_T vcol; 9182 colnr_T want_vcol; 9183 colnr_T start_vcol; 9184 9185 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 9186 if (p_sta && in_indent) 9187 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 9188 else 9189 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); 9190 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 9191 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 9192 * the previous character. */ 9193 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9194 start_vcol = vcol; 9195 dec_cursor(); 9196 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 9197 inc_cursor(); 9198 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 9199 9200 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 9201 while (vcol > want_vcol 9202 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), VIM_ISWHITE(cc))) 9203 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9204 9205 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 9206 while (vcol < want_vcol) 9207 { 9208 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 9209 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9210 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9211 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9212 9213 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9214 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9215 ins_char(' '); 9216 else 9217 #endif 9218 { 9219 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9220 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 9221 replace_push(NUL); 9222 } 9223 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9224 } 9225 9226 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 9227 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 9228 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 9229 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9230 } 9231 9232 /* 9233 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 9234 */ 9235 else 9236 { 9237 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9238 int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0; 9239 9240 if (has_mbyte) 9241 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9242 #endif 9243 do 9244 { 9245 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9246 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 9247 #endif 9248 dec_cursor(); 9249 9250 cc = gchar_cursor(); 9251 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9252 /* look multi-byte character class */ 9253 if (has_mbyte) 9254 { 9255 prev_cclass = cclass; 9256 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9257 } 9258 #endif 9259 9260 /* start of word? */ 9261 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc)) 9262 { 9263 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 9264 temp = vim_iswordc(cc); 9265 } 9266 /* end of word? */ 9267 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 9268 && ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp) 9269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9270 || prev_cclass != cclass 9271 #endif 9272 )) 9273 { 9274 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9275 if (!revins_on) 9276 #endif 9277 inc_cursor(); 9278 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9279 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9280 dec_cursor(); 9281 #endif 9282 break; 9283 } 9284 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9285 replace_do_bs(-1); 9286 else 9287 { 9288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9289 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 9290 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 9291 #endif 9292 (void)del_char(FALSE); 9293 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9294 /* 9295 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 9296 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 9297 * character. 9298 */ 9299 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 9300 inc_cursor(); 9301 #endif 9302 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9303 if (revins_chars) 9304 { 9305 revins_chars--; 9306 revins_legal++; 9307 } 9308 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 9309 break; 9310 #endif 9311 } 9312 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 9313 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9314 break; 9315 } while ( 9316 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9317 revins_on || 9318 #endif 9319 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 9320 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum 9321 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col))); 9322 } 9323 did_backspace = TRUE; 9324 } 9325 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9326 did_si = FALSE; 9327 can_si = FALSE; 9328 can_si_back = FALSE; 9329 #endif 9330 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 9331 did_ai = FALSE; 9332 /* 9333 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 9334 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 9335 * with. 9336 */ 9337 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 9338 9339 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 9340 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9341 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9342 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9343 9344 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 9345 * was there remains visible 9346 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 9347 * was there is erased from the screen. 9348 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 9349 * displayed even when there isn't. 9350 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 9351 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) 9352 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 9353 9354 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9355 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 9356 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 9357 * char before a Tab. */ 9358 if (did_backspace) 9359 foldOpenCursor(); 9360 #endif 9361 9362 return did_backspace; 9363 } 9364 9365 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 9366 static void 9367 ins_mouse(int c) 9368 { 9369 pos_T tpos; 9370 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9371 9372 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 9373 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 9374 if (!gui.in_use) 9375 # endif 9376 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 9377 return; 9378 9379 undisplay_dollar(); 9380 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9381 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 9382 { 9383 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 9384 9385 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 9386 { 9387 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 9388 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 9389 curwin = old_curwin; 9390 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9391 } 9392 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 9393 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 9394 { 9395 curwin = new_curwin; 9396 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9397 } 9398 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9399 can_cindent = TRUE; 9400 # endif 9401 } 9402 9403 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 9404 redraw_statuslines(); 9405 } 9406 9407 static void 9408 ins_mousescroll(int dir) 9409 { 9410 pos_T tpos; 9411 win_T *old_curwin = curwin, *wp; 9412 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9413 int did_scroll = FALSE; 9414 # endif 9415 9416 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9417 9418 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 9419 { 9420 int row, col; 9421 9422 row = mouse_row; 9423 col = mouse_col; 9424 9425 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 9426 wp = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 9427 if (wp == NULL) 9428 return; 9429 curwin = wp; 9430 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9431 } 9432 if (curwin == old_curwin) 9433 undisplay_dollar(); 9434 9435 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9436 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 9437 if (!pum_visible() || curwin != old_curwin) 9438 # endif 9439 { 9440 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 9441 { 9442 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9443 scroll_redraw(dir, 9444 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 9445 else 9446 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 9447 } 9448 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9449 else 9450 { 9451 int val, step = 6; 9452 9453 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9454 step = curwin->w_width; 9455 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 9456 if (val < 0) 9457 val = 0; 9458 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 9459 } 9460 #endif 9461 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9462 did_scroll = TRUE; 9463 # endif 9464 } 9465 9466 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9467 9468 curwin = old_curwin; 9469 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9470 9471 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9472 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 9473 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 9474 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 9475 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 9476 { 9477 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 9478 ins_compl_show_pum(); 9479 } 9480 # endif 9481 9482 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 9483 { 9484 start_arrow(&tpos); 9485 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9486 can_cindent = TRUE; 9487 # endif 9488 } 9489 } 9490 #endif 9491 9492 /* 9493 * Handle receiving P_PS: start paste mode. Inserts the following text up to 9494 * P_PE literally. 9495 * When "drop" is TRUE then consume the text and drop it. 9496 */ 9497 int 9498 bracketed_paste(paste_mode_T mode, int drop, garray_T *gap) 9499 { 9500 int c; 9501 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN + MB_MAXBYTES]; 9502 int idx = 0; 9503 char_u *end = find_termcode((char_u *)"PE"); 9504 int ret_char = -1; 9505 int save_allow_keys = allow_keys; 9506 int save_paste = p_paste; 9507 int save_ai = curbuf->b_p_ai; 9508 9509 /* If the end code is too long we can't detect it, read everything. */ 9510 if (STRLEN(end) >= NUMBUFLEN) 9511 end = NULL; 9512 ++no_mapping; 9513 allow_keys = 0; 9514 p_paste = TRUE; 9515 curbuf->b_p_ai = FALSE; 9516 9517 for (;;) 9518 { 9519 /* When the end is not defined read everything. */ 9520 if (end == NULL && vpeekc() == NUL) 9521 break; 9522 c = plain_vgetc(); 9523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9524 if (has_mbyte) 9525 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf + idx); 9526 else 9527 #endif 9528 buf[idx++] = c; 9529 buf[idx] = NUL; 9530 if (end != NULL && STRNCMP(buf, end, idx) == 0) 9531 { 9532 if (end[idx] == NUL) 9533 break; /* Found the end of paste code. */ 9534 continue; 9535 } 9536 if (!drop) 9537 { 9538 switch (mode) 9539 { 9540 case PASTE_CMDLINE: 9541 put_on_cmdline(buf, idx, TRUE); 9542 break; 9543 9544 case PASTE_EX: 9545 if (gap != NULL && ga_grow(gap, idx) == OK) 9546 { 9547 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, 9548 buf, (size_t)idx); 9549 gap->ga_len += idx; 9550 } 9551 break; 9552 9553 case PASTE_INSERT: 9554 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 9555 { 9556 c = buf[0]; 9557 if (idx == 1 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)) 9558 ins_eol(c); 9559 else 9560 { 9561 ins_char_bytes(buf, idx); 9562 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf, idx); 9563 } 9564 } 9565 break; 9566 9567 case PASTE_ONE_CHAR: 9568 if (ret_char == -1) 9569 { 9570 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9571 if (has_mbyte) 9572 ret_char = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); 9573 else 9574 #endif 9575 ret_char = buf[0]; 9576 } 9577 break; 9578 } 9579 } 9580 idx = 0; 9581 } 9582 9583 --no_mapping; 9584 allow_keys = save_allow_keys; 9585 p_paste = save_paste; 9586 curbuf->b_p_ai = save_ai; 9587 9588 return ret_char; 9589 } 9590 9591 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 9592 static void 9593 ins_tabline(int c) 9594 { 9595 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 9596 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 9597 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 9598 { 9599 undisplay_dollar(); 9600 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9601 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9602 can_cindent = TRUE; 9603 # endif 9604 } 9605 9606 if (c == K_TABLINE) 9607 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 9608 else 9609 { 9610 handle_tabmenu(); 9611 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 9612 } 9613 } 9614 #endif 9615 9616 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 9617 void 9618 ins_scroll(void) 9619 { 9620 pos_T tpos; 9621 9622 undisplay_dollar(); 9623 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9624 if (gui_do_scroll()) 9625 { 9626 start_arrow(&tpos); 9627 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9628 can_cindent = TRUE; 9629 # endif 9630 } 9631 } 9632 9633 void 9634 ins_horscroll(void) 9635 { 9636 pos_T tpos; 9637 9638 undisplay_dollar(); 9639 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9640 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 9641 { 9642 start_arrow(&tpos); 9643 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9644 can_cindent = TRUE; 9645 # endif 9646 } 9647 } 9648 #endif 9649 9650 static void 9651 ins_left( 9652 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9653 { 9654 pos_T tpos; 9655 9656 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9657 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9658 foldOpenCursor(); 9659 #endif 9660 undisplay_dollar(); 9661 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9662 if (oneleft() == OK) 9663 { 9664 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9665 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9666 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9667 if (p_imst == IM_OVER_THE_SPOT || !im_is_preediting()) 9668 #endif 9669 { 9670 start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change); 9671 if (!end_change) 9672 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT); 9673 } 9674 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9675 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9676 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9677 revins_legal++; 9678 revins_chars++; 9679 #endif 9680 } 9681 9682 /* 9683 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9684 * previous line 9685 */ 9686 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9687 { 9688 /* always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break */ 9689 start_arrow(&tpos); 9690 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9691 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9692 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9693 } 9694 else 9695 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9696 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9697 } 9698 9699 static void 9700 ins_home(int c) 9701 { 9702 pos_T tpos; 9703 9704 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9705 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9706 foldOpenCursor(); 9707 #endif 9708 undisplay_dollar(); 9709 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9710 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9711 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9712 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9713 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9714 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9715 #endif 9716 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9717 start_arrow(&tpos); 9718 } 9719 9720 static void 9721 ins_end(int c) 9722 { 9723 pos_T tpos; 9724 9725 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9726 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9727 foldOpenCursor(); 9728 #endif 9729 undisplay_dollar(); 9730 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9731 if (c == K_C_END) 9732 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9733 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9734 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9735 9736 start_arrow(&tpos); 9737 } 9738 9739 static void 9740 ins_s_left(void) 9741 { 9742 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9743 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9744 foldOpenCursor(); 9745 #endif 9746 undisplay_dollar(); 9747 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9748 { 9749 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9750 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9751 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9752 } 9753 else 9754 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9755 } 9756 9757 static void 9758 ins_right( 9759 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9760 { 9761 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9762 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9763 foldOpenCursor(); 9764 #endif 9765 undisplay_dollar(); 9766 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9767 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9768 || virtual_active() 9769 #endif 9770 ) 9771 { 9772 start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change); 9773 if (!end_change) 9774 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT); 9775 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9776 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9777 if (virtual_active()) 9778 oneright(); 9779 else 9780 #endif 9781 { 9782 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9783 if (has_mbyte) 9784 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9785 else 9786 #endif 9787 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9788 } 9789 9790 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9791 revins_legal++; 9792 if (revins_chars) 9793 revins_chars--; 9794 #endif 9795 } 9796 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9797 * cursor to the next line */ 9798 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9799 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9800 { 9801 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9802 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9803 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9804 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9805 } 9806 else 9807 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9808 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9809 } 9810 9811 static void 9812 ins_s_right(void) 9813 { 9814 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9815 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9816 foldOpenCursor(); 9817 #endif 9818 undisplay_dollar(); 9819 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9820 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9821 { 9822 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9823 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9824 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9825 } 9826 else 9827 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9828 } 9829 9830 static void 9831 ins_up( 9832 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9833 { 9834 pos_T tpos; 9835 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9836 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9837 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9838 #endif 9839 9840 undisplay_dollar(); 9841 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9842 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9843 { 9844 if (startcol) 9845 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9846 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9847 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9848 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9849 #endif 9850 ) 9851 redraw_later(VALID); 9852 start_arrow(&tpos); 9853 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9854 can_cindent = TRUE; 9855 #endif 9856 } 9857 else 9858 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9859 } 9860 9861 static void 9862 ins_pageup(void) 9863 { 9864 pos_T tpos; 9865 9866 undisplay_dollar(); 9867 9868 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9869 { 9870 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9871 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9872 { 9873 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9874 goto_tabpage(-1); 9875 } 9876 return; 9877 } 9878 9879 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9880 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9881 { 9882 start_arrow(&tpos); 9883 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9884 can_cindent = TRUE; 9885 #endif 9886 } 9887 else 9888 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9889 } 9890 9891 static void 9892 ins_down( 9893 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9894 { 9895 pos_T tpos; 9896 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9897 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9898 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9899 #endif 9900 9901 undisplay_dollar(); 9902 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9903 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9904 { 9905 if (startcol) 9906 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9907 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9908 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9909 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9910 #endif 9911 ) 9912 redraw_later(VALID); 9913 start_arrow(&tpos); 9914 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9915 can_cindent = TRUE; 9916 #endif 9917 } 9918 else 9919 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9920 } 9921 9922 static void 9923 ins_pagedown(void) 9924 { 9925 pos_T tpos; 9926 9927 undisplay_dollar(); 9928 9929 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9930 { 9931 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9932 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9933 { 9934 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9935 goto_tabpage(0); 9936 } 9937 return; 9938 } 9939 9940 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9941 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9942 { 9943 start_arrow(&tpos); 9944 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9945 can_cindent = TRUE; 9946 #endif 9947 } 9948 else 9949 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9950 } 9951 9952 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9953 static void 9954 ins_drop(void) 9955 { 9956 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9957 } 9958 #endif 9959 9960 /* 9961 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9962 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9963 */ 9964 static int 9965 ins_tab(void) 9966 { 9967 int ind; 9968 int i; 9969 int temp; 9970 9971 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9972 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9973 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9974 return FALSE; 9975 9976 ind = inindent(0); 9977 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9978 if (ind) 9979 can_cindent = FALSE; 9980 #endif 9981 9982 /* 9983 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9984 */ 9985 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9986 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) 9987 && get_sts_value() == 0) 9988 return TRUE; 9989 9990 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9991 return TRUE; 9992 9993 did_ai = FALSE; 9994 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9995 did_si = FALSE; 9996 can_si = FALSE; 9997 can_si_back = FALSE; 9998 #endif 9999 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 10000 10001 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 10002 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 10003 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 10004 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); 10005 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 10006 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 10007 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 10008 10009 /* 10010 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 10011 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 10012 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 10013 */ 10014 ins_char(' '); 10015 while (--temp > 0) 10016 { 10017 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10018 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10019 ins_char(' '); 10020 else 10021 #endif 10022 { 10023 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 10024 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 10025 replace_push(NUL); 10026 } 10027 } 10028 10029 /* 10030 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 10031 */ 10032 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) 10033 { 10034 char_u *ptr; 10035 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10036 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 10037 pos_T pos; 10038 #endif 10039 pos_T fpos; 10040 pos_T *cursor; 10041 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 10042 int change_col = -1; 10043 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 10044 10045 /* 10046 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 10047 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 10048 */ 10049 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10050 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10051 { 10052 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10053 cursor = &pos; 10054 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 10055 if (saved_line == NULL) 10056 return FALSE; 10057 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 10058 } 10059 else 10060 #endif 10061 { 10062 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 10063 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 10064 } 10065 10066 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 10067 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10068 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 10069 10070 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 10071 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 10072 while (fpos.col > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[-1])) 10073 { 10074 --fpos.col; 10075 --ptr; 10076 } 10077 10078 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 10079 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10080 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 10081 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 10082 { 10083 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 10084 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 10085 } 10086 10087 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 10088 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 10089 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 10090 10091 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak' 10092 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 10093 while (VIM_ISWHITE(*ptr)) 10094 { 10095 i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol); 10096 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 10097 break; 10098 if (*ptr != TAB) 10099 { 10100 *ptr = TAB; 10101 if (change_col < 0) 10102 { 10103 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 10104 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 10105 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 10106 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 10107 } 10108 } 10109 ++fpos.col; 10110 ++ptr; 10111 vcol += i; 10112 } 10113 10114 if (change_col >= 0) 10115 { 10116 int repl_off = 0; 10117 char_u *line = ptr; 10118 10119 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 10120 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 10121 { 10122 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol); 10123 ++ptr; 10124 ++repl_off; 10125 } 10126 if (vcol > want_vcol) 10127 { 10128 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 10129 --ptr; 10130 --repl_off; 10131 } 10132 fpos.col += repl_off; 10133 10134 /* Delete following spaces. */ 10135 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 10136 if (i > 0) 10137 { 10138 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 10139 /* correct replace stack. */ 10140 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10141 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10142 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10143 #endif 10144 ) 10145 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 10146 replace_join(repl_off); 10147 } 10148 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 10149 if (netbeans_active()) 10150 { 10151 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 10152 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 10153 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 10154 } 10155 #endif 10156 cursor->col -= i; 10157 10158 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10159 /* 10160 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 10161 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 10162 * spacing. 10163 */ 10164 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10165 { 10166 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 10167 backspace_until_column(change_col); 10168 10169 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 10170 * ptr-cursor */ 10171 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 10172 cursor->col - change_col); 10173 } 10174 #endif 10175 } 10176 10177 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10178 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10179 vim_free(saved_line); 10180 #endif 10181 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 10182 } 10183 10184 return FALSE; 10185 } 10186 10187 /* 10188 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 10189 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 10190 */ 10191 static int 10192 ins_eol(int c) 10193 { 10194 int i; 10195 10196 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 10197 return FALSE; 10198 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 10199 return TRUE; 10200 undisplay_dollar(); 10201 10202 /* 10203 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 10204 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 10205 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 10206 */ 10207 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10208 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10209 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10210 #endif 10211 ) 10212 replace_push(NUL); 10213 10214 /* 10215 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 10216 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 10217 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 10218 * in open_line(). 10219 */ 10220 10221 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10222 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 10223 * CTRL-O). */ 10224 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 10225 coladvance(getviscol()); 10226 #endif 10227 10228 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10229 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10230 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 10231 fkmap(NL); 10232 # endif 10233 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 10234 * current line. */ 10235 if (revins_on) 10236 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 10237 #endif 10238 10239 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 10240 i = open_line(FORWARD, 10241 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 10242 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 10243 #endif 10244 0, old_indent); 10245 old_indent = 0; 10246 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 10247 can_cindent = TRUE; 10248 #endif 10249 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 10250 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 10251 foldOpenCursor(); 10252 #endif 10253 10254 return (!i); 10255 } 10256 10257 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 10258 /* 10259 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 10260 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 10261 * done. 10262 */ 10263 static int 10264 ins_digraph(void) 10265 { 10266 int c; 10267 int cc; 10268 int did_putchar = FALSE; 10269 10270 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 10271 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10272 { 10273 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10274 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10275 10276 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 10277 did_putchar = TRUE; 10278 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10279 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 10280 #endif 10281 } 10282 10283 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 10284 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 10285 #endif 10286 10287 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 10288 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 10289 ++no_mapping; 10290 ++allow_keys; 10291 c = plain_vgetc(); 10292 --no_mapping; 10293 --allow_keys; 10294 if (did_putchar) 10295 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next 10296 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ 10297 edit_unputchar(); 10298 10299 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 10300 { 10301 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10302 clear_showcmd(); 10303 #endif 10304 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10305 return NUL; 10306 } 10307 if (c != ESC) 10308 { 10309 did_putchar = FALSE; 10310 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10311 { 10312 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10313 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10314 10315 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 10316 { 10317 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10318 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 10319 did_putchar = TRUE; 10320 } 10321 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10322 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 10323 #endif 10324 } 10325 ++no_mapping; 10326 ++allow_keys; 10327 cc = plain_vgetc(); 10328 --no_mapping; 10329 --allow_keys; 10330 if (did_putchar) 10331 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the 10332 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ 10333 edit_unputchar(); 10334 if (cc != ESC) 10335 { 10336 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 10337 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 10338 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10339 clear_showcmd(); 10340 #endif 10341 return c; 10342 } 10343 } 10344 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10345 clear_showcmd(); 10346 #endif 10347 return NUL; 10348 } 10349 #endif 10350 10351 /* 10352 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 10353 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 10354 */ 10355 int 10356 ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum) 10357 { 10358 int c; 10359 int temp; 10360 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 10361 char_u *line; 10362 10363 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10364 { 10365 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10366 return NUL; 10367 } 10368 10369 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 10370 temp = 0; 10371 line = ptr = ml_get(lnum); 10372 prev_ptr = ptr; 10373 validate_virtcol(); 10374 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 10375 { 10376 prev_ptr = ptr; 10377 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 10378 } 10379 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 10380 ptr = prev_ptr; 10381 10382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10383 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 10384 #else 10385 c = *ptr; 10386 #endif 10387 if (c == NUL) 10388 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10389 return c; 10390 } 10391 10392 /* 10393 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 10394 */ 10395 static int 10396 ins_ctrl_ey(int tc) 10397 { 10398 int c = tc; 10399 10400 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10401 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 10402 { 10403 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 10404 scrolldown_clamp(); 10405 else 10406 scrollup_clamp(); 10407 redraw_later(VALID); 10408 } 10409 else 10410 #endif 10411 { 10412 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 10413 if (c != NUL) 10414 { 10415 long tw_save; 10416 10417 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 10418 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 10419 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 10420 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 10421 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 10422 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 10423 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 10424 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 10425 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10426 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 10427 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10428 revins_chars++; 10429 revins_legal++; 10430 #endif 10431 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 10432 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 10433 } 10434 } 10435 return c; 10436 } 10437 10438 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 10439 /* 10440 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 10441 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 10442 */ 10443 static void 10444 ins_try_si(int c) 10445 { 10446 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 10447 char_u *ptr; 10448 int i; 10449 int temp; 10450 10451 /* 10452 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 10453 */ 10454 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 10455 { 10456 /* 10457 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 10458 */ 10459 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 10460 { 10461 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10462 /* 10463 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 10464 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 10465 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 10466 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 10467 * lines -- webb 10468 */ 10469 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 10470 i = pos->col; 10471 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 10472 while (--i > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[i])) 10473 ; 10474 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 10475 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 10476 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 10477 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 10478 i = get_indent(); 10479 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10480 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10481 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10482 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 10483 else 10484 #endif 10485 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 10486 } 10487 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 10488 { 10489 /* 10490 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 10491 * more than indent of previous line 10492 */ 10493 temp = TRUE; 10494 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10495 { 10496 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10497 i = get_indent(); 10498 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10499 { 10500 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 10501 10502 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 10503 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 10504 break; 10505 } 10506 if (get_indent() >= i) 10507 temp = FALSE; 10508 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10509 } 10510 if (temp) 10511 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 10512 } 10513 } 10514 10515 /* 10516 * set indent of '#' always to 0 10517 */ 10518 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 10519 { 10520 /* remember current indent for next line */ 10521 old_indent = get_indent(); 10522 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 10523 } 10524 10525 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 10526 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 10527 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 10528 } 10529 #endif 10530 10531 /* 10532 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 10533 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 10534 */ 10535 static colnr_T 10536 get_nolist_virtcol(void) 10537 { 10538 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10539 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 10540 validate_virtcol(); 10541 return curwin->w_virtcol; 10542 } 10543 10544 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 10545 /* 10546 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. 10547 * "c" is the character that was typed. 10548 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. 10549 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". 10550 */ 10551 static char_u * 10552 do_insert_char_pre(int c) 10553 { 10554 char_u *res; 10555 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 10556 10557 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ 10558 if (!has_insertcharpre()) 10559 return NULL; 10560 10561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10562 if (has_mbyte) 10563 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 10564 else 10565 #endif 10566 { 10567 buf[0] = c; 10568 buf[1] = NUL; 10569 } 10570 10571 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ 10572 ++textlock; 10573 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ 10574 10575 res = NULL; 10576 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) 10577 { 10578 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one 10579 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the 10580 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ 10581 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) 10582 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); 10583 } 10584 10585 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 10586 --textlock; 10587 10588 return res; 10589 } 10590 #endif 10591